-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, SCMCwlPdFDWOoYBOC5jWD8xLlB/P4Q6GF+pzCxjUe4NX6biM04vpjpA6KNiaY2HY 90dtf0NKfKVbKKhvTOioIA== 0001169232-08-003911.txt : 20081105 0001169232-08-003911.hdr.sgml : 20081105 20081104204029 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0001169232-08-003911 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-Q PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 5 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20080930 FILED AS OF DATE: 20081105 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20081104 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: QUALITY SYSTEMS INC CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000708818 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: SERVICES-COMPUTER INTEGRATED SYSTEMS DESIGN [7373] IRS NUMBER: 952888568 STATE OF INCORPORATION: CA FISCAL YEAR END: 0331 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-Q SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 001-12537 FILM NUMBER: 081162176 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 18191 VON KARMAN AVENUE CITY: IRVINE STATE: CA ZIP: 92612 BUSINESS PHONE: 7147317171 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 18191 VON KARMAN AVENUE STREET 2: SUITE 450 CITY: IRVINE STATE: CA ZIP: 92612 10-Q 1 d75223_10-q.htm QUARTERLY REPORT



UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

 

 

x

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

 

For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2008

 

 

 

OR

 

 

o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number 0-13801

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

 

 

 

California

 

95-2888568

 

 

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

 

(I.R.S. Employer

 

 

Incorporation or Organization)

 

Identification No.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18111 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 600, Irvine California 92612

 

 

 

 

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (949) 255-2600

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding twelve months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past ninety days. Yes x No o

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filers, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12B-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one): Large accelerated filer o           Accelerated filer x           Non-accelerated filer o

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o No x

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the Registrant’s classes of Common Stock as of the latest practicable date 28,303,045shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value, as of October 15, 2008.




PART I
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

ITEM 1 – FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
(UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30,
2008

 

March 31,
2008

 

 

 


 


 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

67,880

 

$

59,046

 

Restricted cash

 

 

2,002

 

 

 

Marketable securities

 

 

 

 

2,500

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

90,250

 

 

76,585

 

Inventories, net

 

 

1,080

 

 

1,024

 

Income tax receivable

 

 

5,526

 

 

 

Net current deferred tax assets

 

 

6,395

 

 

6,397

 

Other current assets

 

 

4,425

 

 

4,596

 

 

 



 



 

Total current assets

 

 

177,558

 

 

150,148

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Marketable securities

 

 

12,702

 

 

20,124

 

Equipment and improvements, net

 

 

5,142

 

 

4,773

 

Capitalized software costs, net

 

 

9,559

 

 

8,852

 

Intangibles, net

 

 

5,267

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

12,659

 

 

1,840

 

Other assets

 

 

2,220

 

 

2,171

 

 

 



 



 

Total assets

 

$

225,107

 

$

187,908

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

4,095

 

$

4,685

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

45,844

 

 

44,389

 

Accrued compensation and related benefits

 

 

8,771

 

 

8,346

 

Income taxes payable

 

 

 

 

1,541

 

Dividends payable

 

 

8,460

 

 

6,861

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

12,408

 

 

4,394

 

 

 



 



 

Total current liabilities

 

 

79,578

 

 

70,216

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred revenue, net of current

 

 

271

 

 

506

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

 

 

1,792

 

 

1,575

 

Deferred compensation

 

 

1,966

 

 

1,906

 

 

 



 



 

Total liabilities

 

 

83,607

 

 

74,203

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock
$0.01 par value; authorized 50,000 shares; issued and outstanding 28,292 and 27,448 shares at September 30, 2008 and March 31, 2008, respectively

 

 

283

 

 

274

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

97,976

 

 

75,556

 

Retained earnings

 

 

44,235

 

 

38,071

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax

 

 

(994

)

 

(196

)

 

 



 



 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

 

141,500

 

 

113,705

 

 

 



 



 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

225,107

 

$

187,908

 

 

 



 



 

The accompanying condensed notes to these unaudited consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

2



QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
(UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

September 30,
2008

 

September 30,
2007

 

September 30,
2008

 

September 30,
2007

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Software, hardware and supplies

 

$

21,297

 

$

18,514

 

$

42,666

 

$

35,253

 

Implementation and training services

 

 

3,486

 

 

3,182

 

 

7,071

 

 

6,430

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

System sales

 

 

24,783

 

 

21,696

 

 

49,737

 

 

41,683

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maintenance

 

 

17,234

 

 

13,442

 

 

34,370

 

 

26,001

 

Electronic data interchange services

 

 

6,985

 

 

5,406

 

 

13,655

 

 

10,430

 

Revenue cycle management and related services

 

 

4,527

 

 

222

 

 

6,484

 

 

356

 

Other services

 

 

5,452

 

 

4,380

 

 

9,959

 

 

8,708

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Maintenance, EDI, revenue cycle management and other services

 

 

34,198

 

 

23,450

 

 

64,468

 

 

45,495

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total revenue

 

 

58,981

 

 

45,146

 

 

114,205

 

 

87,178

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Software, hardware and supplies

 

 

3,395

 

 

2,477

 

 

6,882

 

 

4,966

 

Implementation and training services

 

 

2,626

 

 

2,423

 

 

5,640

 

 

4,832

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total cost of system sales

 

 

6,021

 

 

4,900

 

 

12,522

 

 

9,798

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maintenance

 

 

2,947

 

 

3,033

 

 

6,030

 

 

6,159

 

Electronic data interchange services

 

 

5,256

 

 

3,742

 

 

10,147

 

 

7,251

 

Revenue cycle management and related services

 

 

3,132

 

 

138

 

 

4,437

 

 

236

 

Other services

 

 

3,866

 

 

2,962

 

 

7,313

 

 

5,873

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total cost of maintenance, EDI, revenue cycle management and other services

 

 

15,201

 

 

9,875

 

 

27,927

 

 

19,519

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total cost of revenue

 

 

21,222

 

 

14,775

 

 

40,449

 

 

29,317

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Gross profit

 

 

37,759

 

 

30,371

 

 

73,756

 

 

57,861

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

18,283

 

 

13,188

 

 

33,535

 

 

25,831

 

Research and development costs

 

 

3,342

 

 

2,688

 

 

6,461

 

 

5,488

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total operating expenses

 

 

21,625

 

 

15,876

 

 

39,996

 

 

31,319

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Income from operations

 

 

16,134

 

 

14,495

 

 

33,760

 

 

26,542

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

340

 

 

645

 

 

714

 

 

1,384

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Income before provision for income taxes

 

 

16,474

 

 

15,140

 

 

34,474

 

 

27,926

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

5,975

 

 

5,468

 

 

12,861

 

 

10,314

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

Net income

 

$

10,499

 

$

9,672

 

$

21,613

 

$

17,612

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.38

 

$

0.35

 

$

0.78

 

$

0.65

 

Diluted

 

$

0.37

 

$

0.35

 

$

0.77

 

$

0.64

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

27,930

 

 

27,287

 

 

27,699

 

 

27,211

 

Diluted

 

 

28,211

 

 

27,718

 

 

28,014

 

 

27,696

 

Dividends declared per common share

 

$

0.30

 

$

0.25

 

$

0.55

 

$

0.50

 

The accompanying condensed notes to these unaudited consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

3



QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(IN THOUSANDS)
(UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 


 

 

 

September 30,
2008

 

September 30,
2007

 

 

 


 


 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

21,613

 

$

17,612

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

1,335

 

 

1,139

 

Amortization of capitalized software costs

 

 

2,463

 

 

2,004

 

Amortization of other intangibles

 

 

353

 

 

 

Provision for bad debts

 

 

914

 

 

220

 

Reduction in inventory obsolescense

 

 

(13

)

 

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

1,128

 

 

2,035

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

744

 

 

(828

)

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options

 

 

3,153

 

 

1,421

 

Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation

 

 

(3,002

)

 

(1,186

)

Loss on disposal of equipment and improvements

 

 

96

 

 

 

Changes in assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(12,403

)

 

(4,649

)

Inventories

 

 

(43

)

 

(194

)

Other current assets

 

 

387

 

 

570

 

Other assets

 

 

(37

)

 

(259

)

Accounts payable

 

 

(1,001

)

 

(1,432

)

Deferred revenue

 

 

1,210

 

 

488

 

Accrued compensation and related benefits

 

 

(21

)

 

(519

)

Income taxes payable

 

 

(7,067

)

 

765

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

5,534

 

 

1,802

 

Deferred compensation

 

 

60

 

 

238

 

 

 



 



 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

15,403

 

 

19,227

 

 

 



 



 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additions to capitalized software costs

 

 

(3,170

)

 

(3,027

)

Additions to equipment and improvements

 

 

(1,470

)

 

(1,185

)

Proceeds from sale of marketable securities

 

 

8,600

 

 

 

Purchases of marketable securities

 

 

 

 

(46,000

)

Purchase of HSI, including direct transaction costs

 

 

(8,221

)

 

 

 

 



 



 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(4,261

)

 

(50,212

)

 

 



 



 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation

 

 

3,002

 

 

1,186

 

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options

 

 

10,798

 

 

3,471

 

Dividends paid

 

 

(13,850

)

 

(6,780

)

Loan repayments

 

 

(2,258

)

 

 

 

 



 



 

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(2,308

)

 

(2,123

)

 

 



 



 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

8,834

 

 

(33,108

)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

 

59,046

 

 

60,028

 

 

 



 



 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

67,880

 

$

26,920

 

 

 



 



 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the period for income taxes, net of refunds

 

$

15,442

 

$

9,142

 

 

 



 



 

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized loss on marketable securities

 

$

(798

)

$

 

 

 



 



 

Effective May 20, 2008, the Company acquired HSI in a transaction summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of net assets assumed

 

$

20,589

 

$

 

Cash paid for HSI stock

 

 

(8,221

)

 

 

Common stock issued for HSI stock

 

 

(7,350

)

 

 

 

 



 



 

Liabilities assumed

 

$

5,018

 

$

 

 

 



 



 

The accompanying condensed notes to these unaudited consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

4



QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.
CONDENSED NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(UNAUDITED)

 

 

1.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2008 and for the three and six months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007, have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X, and therefore do not include all information and footnotes which would be presented were such consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). These consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements presented in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2008. Amounts related to disclosures of March 31, 2008 balances within these interim consolidated financial statements were derived from the aforementioned Form 10-K. In the opinion of management, the accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments which are necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented. The results of operations for such interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results of operations to be expected for the full year.

References to dollar amounts in this financial statement section are in thousands, except share and per share data, unless otherwise specified.

 

 

2.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. On May 20, 2008, the Company acquired Lackland Acquisition II, LLC dba Healthcare Strategic Initiatives (HSI), a full-service healthcare revenue management company. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Basis of Presentation. The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform with fiscal year 2009 presentation.

Revenue Recognition. The Company recognizes system sales revenue pursuant to Statement of Position No. 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition” (SOP 97-2), as amended by Statement of Position No. 98-9 “Modification of SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition” (SOP 98-9). The Company generates revenue from the sale of licensing rights to its software products directly to end-users and value-added resellers (VARs). The Company also generates revenue from sales of hardware and third party software, implementation, training, EDI, post-contract support (maintenance) and other services performed for customers who license its products.

A typical system contract contains multiple elements of the above items. SOP 98-9 requires revenue earned on software arrangements involving multiple elements to be allocated to each element based on the relative fair values of those elements. The fair value of an element must be based on vendor specific objective evidence (VSOE). The Company limits its assessment of VSOE for each element to either the price charged when the same element is sold separately or the price established by management having the relevant authority to do so, for an element not yet sold separately. VSOE calculations are updated and reviewed quarterly or annually depending on the nature of the product or service.

When evidence of fair value exists for the delivered and undelivered elements of a transaction, then discounts for individual elements are aggregated and the total discount is allocated to the individual elements in proportion to the elements’ fair value relative to the total contract fair value.

When evidence of fair value exists for the undelivered elements only, the residual method, provided for under SOP 98-9, is used. Under the residual method, the Company defers revenue related to the undelivered elements in a system sale based on VSOE of fair value of each of the undelivered elements, and allocates the remainder of the contract price net of all discounts to revenue recognized from the delivered elements. If VSOE of fair value of any undelivered element does not exist, all revenue is deferred until VSOE of fair value of the undelivered element is established or the element has been delivered.

The Company bills for the entire system sales contract amount upon contract execution except for maintenance which is billed separately. Amounts billed in excess of the amounts contractually due are recorded in accounts receivable as advance billings. Amounts are contractually due when services are performed or in accordance with contractually specified

5



payment dates. Provided the fees are fixed and determinable and collection is considered probable, revenue from licensing rights and sales of hardware and third party software is generally recognized upon shipment and transfer of title. In certain transactions where collections risk is high, the cash basis method is used to recognize revenue. If the fee is not fixed or determinable, then the revenue recognized in each period (subject to application of other revenue recognition criteria) will be the lesser of the aggregate of amounts due and payable or the amount of the arrangement fee that would have been recognized if the fees were being recognized using the residual method. Fees which are considered fixed or determinable at the inception of the Company’s arrangements must include the following characteristics:

 

 

§

The fee must be negotiated at the outset of an arrangement, and generally be based on the specific volume of products to be delivered without being subject to change based on variable pricing mechanisms such as the number of units copied or distributed or the expected number of users.

 

 

§

Payment terms must not be considered extended. If a significant portion of the fee is due more than 12 months after delivery or after the expiration of the license, the fee is presumed not fixed and determinable.

Revenue from implementation and training services is recognized as the corresponding services are performed. Maintenance revenue is recognized ratably over the contractual maintenance period.

Contract accounting is applied where services include significant software modification, development or customization. In such instances, the arrangement fee is accounted for in accordance with Statement of Position No. 81-1 “Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts” (SOP 81-1). Pursuant to SOP 81-1, the Company uses the percentage of completion method provided all of the following conditions exist:

 

 

§

the contract includes provisions that clearly specify the enforceable rights regarding goods or services to be provided and received by the parties, the consideration to be exchanged, and the manner and terms of settlement;

 

 

§

the customer can be expected to satisfy its obligations under the contract;

 

 

§

the Company can be expected to perform its contractual obligations; and

 

 

§

reliable estimates of progress towards completion can be made.

The Company measures completion using labor input hours. Costs of providing services, including services accounted for in accordance with SOP 81-1, are expensed as incurred.

If a situation occurs in which a contract is so short term that the financial statements would not vary materially from using the percentage-of-completion method or in which the Company is unable to make reliable estimates of progress of completion of the contract, the completed contract method is utilized.

Individual product returns are estimated in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 48, “Revenue Recognition When Right of Return Exists” (SFAS 48). The Company also ensures that the other criteria in SFAS 48 have been met prior to recognition of revenue:

 

 

§

the price is fixed or determinable;

 

 

§

the customer is obligated to pay and there are no contingencies surrounding the obligation or the payment;

 

 

§

the customer’s obligation would not change in the event of theft or damage to the product;

 

 

§

the customer has economic substance;

 

 

§

the amount of returns can be reasonably estimated; and

 

 

§

the Company does not have significant obligations for future performance in order to bring about resale of the product by the customer.

The Company has historically offered short-term rights of return in certain sales arrangements. If the Company is able to estimate returns for these types of arrangements, revenue is recognized and these arrangements are recorded in the consolidated financial statements. If the Company is unable to estimate returns for these types of arrangements, revenue is not recognized in the consolidated financial statements until the rights of return expire.

Revenue related to sales arrangements which include the right to use software stored on the Company’s hardware is accounted for under the Emerging Issues Task Force Issue (EITF) No. 00-3 “Application of AICPA Statement of Position 97-2 to arrangements that include the right to use software stored on another entity’s hardware”. EITF No. 00-3 requires that for software licenses and related implementation services to continue to fall under SOP No. 97-2, the customer must have the contractual right to take possession of the software without incurring a significant penalty and it must be feasible for the customer to either host the software themselves or through another third party. If an arrangement is not deemed to be accounted

6



for under SOP 97-2, the entire arrangement is accounted for as a service contract in accordance with EITF Issue No. 00-21 “Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables”. In that instance, the entire arrangement would be recognized as the hosting services are being performed.

From time to time, the Company offers future purchase discounts on its products and services as part of its sales arrangements. Pursuant to AICPA TPA 5100.50, such discounts which are incremental to the range of discounts reflected in the pricing of the other elements of the arrangement, which are incremental to the range of discounts typically given in comparable transactions, and which are significant, are treated as an additional element of the contract to be deferred. Amounts deferred related to future purchase options are not recognized until either the customer exercises the discount offer or the offer expires.

Revenue cycle management service revenue is derived from services fees, which include amounts charged for ongoing billing and other related services, and are generally billed to the customer as a percentage of total collections. The Company does not recognize revenue for services fees until these collections are made, as the services fees are not fixed and determinable until such time.

Revenue is divided into two categories, “system sales” and “maintenance, EDI, revenue cycle management and other services”. Revenue in the system sales category includes software license fees, third party hardware and software, and implementation and training services related to purchase of the Company’s software systems. The majority of the revenue in the system sales category is related to the sale of software. Revenue in the maintenance, EDI, revenue cycle management and other services category includes maintenance, EDI, revenue cycle management services, follow on training and implementation services, annual third party license fees, hosting services and other revenue.

Cash and cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents generally consist of cash, money market funds and short-term U.S. Treasury securities with original maturities of less than 90 days. The money market fund in which the Company holds a portion of its cash invests in only investment grade money market instruments from a variety of industries, and therefore bears relatively low market risk. The average maturity of the investments owned by the money market fund is approximately two months.

Restricted cash. Restricted cash consists of cash which is being held by HSI acting as agent for the disbursement of certain state social services programs. The Company records an offsetting “Care Services liability” (see also Note 5) when it initially receives such cash from the government social service programs and relieves both restricted cash and the Care Services liability when amounts are disbursed. HSI earns an administrative fee which is based on a percentage of funds disbursed on behalf of certain government social service programs.

Marketable securities. Marketable securities are classified as available-for-sale and accordingly are recorded at fair value, based on quoted market rates or valuation analysis when appropriate, with unrealized gains and losses reflected as a separate component of shareholders’ equity titled accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, until realized or until a determination is made that an other-than-temporary decline in market value has occurred. Factors considered in assessing whether an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred include: the nature of the investment; whether the decline in fair value is attributable to specific adverse conditions affecting the investment; the financial condition of the investee; the severity and the duration of the impairment; and whether the Company has the ability to hold the investment to maturity. If it is determined that an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred, the investment is written down to its market value at the end of the period in which it is determined that an other-than-temporary decline has occurred. In addition, the Company classifies marketable securities as current or non-current based upon whether such assets are reasonably expected to be realized in cash or sold or consumed during the normal operating cycle of the business.

The Company’s investments at September 30, 2008 and March 31, 2008 are in tax exempt municipal Auction Rate Securities (ARS) which are classified as either current or non-current marketable securities on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, depending on the liquidity and timing of expected realization of such securities. A small portion of the Company’s portfolio is invested in closed-end funds which invest in tax exempt municipal auction rate securities. These instruments are known as Auction Rate Preferred Securities (ARPS). The ARS are rated by one or more national rating agencies and have contractual terms of up to 30 years, but generally have interest rate reset dates that occur every 7, 28 or 35 days. Despite the underlying long-term maturity of ARS, such securities were priced and subsequently traded as short-term investments because of the interest rate reset feature. If there are insufficient buyers, the auction is said to “fail” and the holders are unable to liquidate the investments through auction. A failed auction does not result in a default of the debt instrument. The securities will continue to accrue interest and be auctioned until the auction succeeds, the issuer calls the securities or the securities mature.

7



In February 2008, the Company began to experience failed auctions on its ARS and ARPS. To determine their estimated fair values at September 30, 2008, factors including credit quality, assumptions about the likelihood of redemption, observable market data such as yields or spreads of fixed rate municipal bonds or other trading instruments issued by the same or comparable issuers were considered. Based on this analysis, a temporary impairment loss of $798, net of income tax benefit, which represents the approximate midpoint between various impairment values based on the analysis above, was recorded to accumulated other comprehensive loss in the accompanying consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2008. If the Company sells any of the ARS or ARPS, prior to maturity, at an amount below original purchase value, or if it becomes probable that the Company will not receive 100% of the principal and interest from the issuer of any ARS or ARPS, the Company will be required to recognize an other-than-temporary impairment charge against net income.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. The Company provides credit terms typically ranging from thirty days to less than twelve months for most system and maintenance contract sales and generally does not require collateral. The Company performs credit evaluations of its customers and maintains reserves for estimated credit losses. Reserves for potential credit losses are determined by establishing both specific and general reserves. Specific reserves are based on management’s estimate of the probability of collection for certain troubled accounts. General reserves are established based on the Company’s historical experience of bad debt expense and the aging of the Company’s accounts receivable balances net of deferred revenues and specifically reserved accounts. Accounts are written off as uncollectible only after the Company has expended extensive collection efforts.

Included in accounts receivable are amounts related to maintenance and services which were billed, but which had not yet been rendered as of the end of the period. Undelivered maintenance and services are included on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets in deferred revenue (see also Note 5).

Inventories. Inventories consist of hardware for specific customer orders and spare parts, and are valued at lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market. Management provides a reserve to reduce inventory to its net realizable value.

Equipment and Improvements. Equipment and improvements are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization of equipment and improvements are provided over the estimated useful lives of the assets, or the related lease terms if shorter, by the straight-line method. Useful lives range as follows:

 

 

 

§

Computers and electronic test equipment

3-5 years

§

Furniture and fixtures

5-7 years

§

Leasehold improvements

lesser of lease term or estimated useful life of asset

Software Development Costs. Development costs incurred in the research and development of new software products and enhancements to existing software products are expensed as incurred until technological feasibility has been established. After technological feasibility is established, any additional development costs are capitalized in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 86, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased or Otherwise Marketed” (SFAS 86). Such capitalized costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated economic life of the related product of three years. The Company provides support services on the current and prior two versions of its software. Management performs an annual review of the estimated economic life and the recoverability of such capitalized software costs. If a determination is made that capitalized amounts are not recoverable based on the estimated cash flows to be generated from the applicable software, any remaining capitalized amounts are written off.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets. The Company follows Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (SFAS 142). Goodwill is related to the NextGen Division and the HSI acquisition, which closed on May 20, 2008 (see also Note 6). Under SFAS 142, management is required to perform an annual assessment of the implied fair value of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment. Relating to NextGen Division’s goodwill, the Company compared the fair value of the NextGen Division with the carrying amount of its assets and determined that none of the goodwill recorded was impaired as of June 30, 2008 (the date of the Company’s last annual impairment test). The fair value of the NextGen Division was determined using an estimate of future cash flows for the NextGen Division over ten years and risk adjusted discount rates of between 15 and 25 percent to compute a net present value of future cash flows. The Company will perform its impairment test on HSI as of June 30, 2009 or earlier if deemed necessary.

Long-Lived Assets. The Company follows Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (SFAS 144). Management periodically reviews the carrying value of long-lived assets, including identifiable

8



intangible assets with definite lives, to determine whether or not impairment to such value has occurred and has determined that there was no impairment at September 30, 2008.

Income Taxes. Income taxes are provided based on current taxable income and the future tax consequences of temporary differences between the basis of assets and liabilities for financial and tax reporting. The deferred income tax assets and liabilities represent the future state and federal tax return consequences of those differences, which will either be taxable or deductible when the assets and liabilities are recovered or settled. Deferred income taxes are also recognized for operating losses that are available to offset future taxable income and tax credits that are available to offset future income taxes. At each reporting period, management assesses the realizable value of deferred tax assets based on, among other things, estimates of future taxable income, and adjusts the related valuation allowance as necessary. In June 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48 (FIN 48), “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an Interpretation of SFAS No. 109.” FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold of more-likely-than-not and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in an enterprise’s tax return. Management makes a number of assumptions and estimates in determining the appropriate amount of expense to record for income taxes. These assumptions and estimates consider the taxing jurisdiction in which the Company operates as well as current tax regulations. Accruals are established for estimates of tax effects for certain transactions and future projected profitability of the Company’s businesses based on management’s interpretation of existing facts and circumstances. The Company adopted FIN 48 effective April 1, 2007. See Note 11.

Share-Based Compensation

Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment” (SFAS 123R), requires companies to estimate the fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. Expected term is estimated using historical exercise experience. Volatility is estimated by using the weighted average historical volatility of our common stock, which approximates expected volatility. The risk free rate is the implied yield available on the U.S Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms equal to the expected term. The expected dividend yield is the average dividend rate during a period equal to the expected term of the option. Those inputs are then entered into the Black Scholes model to determine the estimated fair value. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized ratably as expense over the requisite service period in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income.

The following table shows total stock-based employee compensation expense included in the Consolidated Statement of Income for the three and six month periods ended September 30, 2008 and 2007.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

September 30,
2008

 

September 30,
2007

 

September 30,
2008

 

September 30,
2007

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Costs and expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenue

 

$

78

 

$

129

 

$

153

 

$

272

 

Research and development

 

 

81

 

 

215

 

 

185

 

 

451

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

262

 

 

615

 

 

790

 

 

1,312

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total share-based compensation

 

$

421

 

$

959

 

$

1,128

 

 

2,035

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts capitalized in software development costs

 

 

(8

)

 

(9

)

 

(18

)

 

(21

)

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts charged against earnings, before income tax benefit

 

$

413

 

$

950

 

$

1,110

 

$

2,014

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Amount of related income tax benefit recognized in earnings

 

$

129

 

$

252

 

$

310

 

$

537

 

 

 



 



 



 



 


 

 

3.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In October 2008 the FASB issued FSP SFAS No. 157-3, “Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When The Market for That Asset Is Not Active”, or FSP 157-3, to clarify the application of the provisions of SFAS 157 in an inactive market and how an entity would determine fair value in an inactive market. FSP 157-3 is effective immediately and applies to the Company’s September 30, 2008 consolidated financial statements.

9



In June 2008, the FASB issued FSP Emerging Issue Task Force (“EITF”) 03-6-1, “Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities”. FSP EITF 03-6-1 concluded that unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and shall be included in the computation of basic earnings per share (“EPS”) pursuant to the two-class method. This FSP becomes effective on April 1, 2009. Early adoption of the FSP is not permitted; however, it will apply retrospectively to EPS data for all periods presented in the financial statements or in financial data. The company does not currently anticipate that this FSP will have a material impact on our EPS data in fiscal year 2010 or on EPS for any prior periods presented in the Company’s consolidated financial statements upon adoption.

In May 2008, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 162, “The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles” (SFAS 162).SFAS 162 defines the order in which accounting principles that are generally accepted should be followed. SFAS 162 is effective 60 days following the SEC’s approval of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) amendments to AU Section 411, “The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles”. The company does not expect the adoption of SFAS 162 to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In April 2008, the FASB finalized Staff Position (FSP) 142-3, “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets”. The position amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS 142. The position applies to intangible assets that are acquired individually or with a group of other assets and both intangible assets acquired in business combinations and asset acquisitions. FSP 142-3 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Management is currently evaluating the impact of the pending adoption of FSP 142-3 on the consolidated financial statements.

In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141 (Revised 2007), “Business Combinations” (SFAS 141R). SFAS 141(R) retains the fundamental requirements of the original pronouncement requiring that the purchase method be used for all business combinations. SFAS 141(R) defines the acquirer as the entity that obtains control of one or more businesses in the business combination, establishes the acquisition date as the date that the acquirer achieves control and requires the acquirer to recognize the assets acquired, liabilities assumed and any noncontrolling interest at their fair values as of the acquisition date. In addition, SFAS 141(R) requires expensing of acquisition-related and restructure-related costs, remeasurement of earn out provisions at fair value, measurement of equity securities issued for purchase at the date of close of the transaction and non-expensing of in-process research and development related intangibles. SFAS 141(R) applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. An entity may not apply it before that date. This pronouncement will be applied by the Company when it becomes effective and when or if the Company effectuates a business combination post adoption, otherwise there is no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

 

4.

Fair Value Measurement

Effective April 1, 2008, the Company implemented the requirements of SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (SFAS 157) for its financial assets and liabilities. SFAS 157 refines the definition of fair value, expands disclosure requirements about fair value measurements and establishes specific requirements as well as guidelines for a consistent framework to measure fair value. SFAS 157 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants. Further, SFAS 157 requires the Company to maximize the use of observable market inputs, minimize the use of unobservable market inputs and disclose in the form of an outlined hierarchy the details of such fair value measurements. SFAS 157 specifies a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to a fair value measurement are considered to be observable or unobservable in a marketplace. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s market assumptions. This hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available. These two types of inputs have created the following fair value hierarchy:

Level 1 – Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

Level 2 – Observable inputs other than those included in Level 1. For example, quoted prices for similar assets in active markets or quoted prices for identical assets in inactive markets; and

10



Level 3 – Unobservable inputs reflecting management’s own assumptions about the inputs used in estimating the value of the asset.

The adoption of SFAS 157 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

On February 12, 2008, the FASB amended the implementation of SFAS 157 related to non-financial assets and liabilities until fiscal periods beginning after November 15, 2008. As a result, the Company has not applied the above fair value procedures to its goodwill and long-lived asset impairment analyses during the current period. The Company believes that the adoption of SFAS 157 for non-financial assets and liabilities will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or results of operations.

The following table summarizes the Company’s financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis in accordance with SFAS 157 as of September 30, 2008:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of
September 30,
2008

 

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
For Identical
Assets (Level 1)

 

Significant
Other Observable
Inputs (Level 2)

 

Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

67,880

 

$

67,880

 

$

 

$

 

Restricted cash

 

 

2,002

 

 

2,002

 

 

 

 

 

Marketable securities(1)

 

 

12,702

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,702

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

$

82,584

 

$

69,882

 

$

 

$

12,702

 

 

 



 



 



 



 


 

 

(1)

Marketable securities consist of ARS.

The fair value of the Company’s ARS has been estimated by management based on its assumptions of what market participants would use in pricing the asset in a current transaction, or level 3 - unobservable inputs in accordance with SFAS 157, and represents $12,702 or 15.4% of total financial assets measured at fair value in accordance with SFAS 157. Management used a model to estimate the fair value of these securities that included certain level 2 inputs as well as assumptions, including a liquidity discount, based on management’s judgment, which are highly subjective and therefore considered level 3 inputs in the fair value hierarchy. The estimate of the fair value of the ARS could change based on market conditions. For additional information on cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash or marketable securities, see Note 2.

The following table presents the Company’s assets measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) as defined by SFAS 157 at September 30, 2008:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in
Marketable
Securities

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2008

 

$

22,624

 

Transfers to/out of Level 3

 

 

 

Proceeds from sale

 

 

(8,600

)

Unrealized losses recorded to other comprehensive income, before income tax benefit

 

 

(1,322

)

 

 



 

Balance at September 30, 2008

 

$

12,702

 

 

 



 


 

 

5.

Composition of Certain Financial Statement Captions

Accounts receivable include amounts related to maintenance and services which were billed but not yet rendered as of the end of the period. Undelivered maintenance and services are included on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as part of the deferred revenue balance.

11



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30,
2008

 

March 31,
2008

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, excluding undelivered software, maintenance and services

 

$

60,111

 

$

50,417

 

Undelivered software, maintenance and implementation services billed in advance, included in deferred revenue

 

 

33,325

 

 

28,696

 

 

 



 



 

Accounts receivable, gross

 

 

93,436

 

 

79,113

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

(3,186

)

 

(2,528

)

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

$

90,250

 

$

76,585

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventories are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30,
2008

 

March 31,
2008

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Computer systems and components, net of reserve for obsolescence of $210 and $223, respectively

 

$

1,058

 

$

992

 

Miscellaneous parts and supplies

 

 

22

 

 

32

 

 

 



 



 

Inventories, net

 

$

1,080

 

$

1,024

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued compensation and related benefits are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30,
2008

 

March 31,
2008

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bonus and commission

 

$

5,492

 

$

5,443

 

Vacation

 

 

3,279

 

 

2,903

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued compensation and related benefits

 

$

8,771

 

$

8,346

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short and long-term deferred revenue are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30,
2008

 

March 31,
2008

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maintenance

 

$

8,176

 

$

10,175

 

Implementation services

 

 

28,152

 

 

25,929

 

Annual license services

 

 

6,684

 

 

6,532

 

Undelivered software and other

 

 

3,103

 

 

2,259

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred Revenue

 

$

46,115

 

$

44,895

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12


Other current liabilities are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30,
2008

 

March 31,
2008

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer deposits

 

$

3,081

 

$

621

 

Accrued EDI expenses

 

 

1,677

 

 

 

Care services liabilties

 

 

2,002

 

 

 

Sales tax payable

 

 

966

 

 

765

 

Professional fees

 

 

871

 

 

600

 

Deferred rent

 

 

514

 

 

607

 

Commission payable

 

 

425

 

 

346

 

Accrued royalties

 

 

382

 

 

216

 

Other accrued expenses

 

 

2,490

 

 

1,239

 

 

 



 



 

Other current liabilities

 

$

12,408

 

$

4,394

 

 

 



 



 


 

 

6.

Business Combinations

On May 16, 2008, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire Lackland Acquisition II, LLC dba Healthcare Strategic Initiatives (HSI), a full-service healthcare revenue management company. The acquisition was made under the terms of an Agreement and Plan of Merger resulting in HSI becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of QSI. The closing of the HSI acquisition occurred on May 20, 2008. HSI’s results of operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition.

The purchase price totaled approximately $15,571 plus up to approximately $1,650 in incentives tied to future performance. The purchase price consisted of approximately equal parts of cash and restricted QSI common stock, subject to restrictions on resale lapsing over a two year period, and transaction related costs. The value of the 232,081 shares of common stock issued was determined based on a formula which took the average of the closing price of QSI’s common shares during the 45 day trading period ending on May 19, 2008. The total purchase price for HSI is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

8,000

 

Common stock

 

 

7,350

 

Direct transaction costs

 

 

221

 

 

 



 

Total purchase price

 

$

15,571

 

 

 



 

The acquisition of HSI is accounted for as a purchase business combination as defined in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, “Business Combinations” (SFAS 141). Under the purchase method of accounting, the purchase price was allocated to HSI’s tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values as of May 20, 2008. The fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed represent management’s estimate of fair value. The Company is amortizing the customer relationships intangible asset over six years and the trade name over four years. The $10,819 assigned to goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. See Note 6 and 7 for a discussion of goodwill and intangibles acquired. As stated above, the Company has agreed to pay additional consideration in future periods, based upon the attainment by the acquired entity of defined operating objectives. In accordance with SFAS 141, the Company does not accrue contingent consideration obligations prior to attainment of these objectives. At September 30, 2008, the maximum potential future consideration pursuant to such arrangements, to be resolved over the following two years, is $1,650. Any such payments would result in increases in goodwill.

The following table summarizes the allocation of the purchase price:

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets (including restricted cash of $1,470 and accounts receivable of $2,176)

 

$

3,808

 

Equipment and improvements and other long-term assets

 

 

342

 

 

 



 

Total tangible assets acquired

 

 

4,150

 

Customer relationships

 

 

5,241

 

Trade name

 

 

379

 

Goodwill

 

 

10,819

 

Current liabilties, including long-term debt due within one year

 

 

(4,369

)

Long-term debt

 

 

(649

)

 

 



 

Net assets acquired

 

$

15,571

 

 

 



 

The pro forma effects of this acquisition would not have been material to our results of

13



operations for the three and six months ended September 30, 2008 or 2007 and therefore are not presented.

 

 

7.

Intangible Assets – Goodwill

In accordance with SFAS 142, the Company does not amortize goodwill as the goodwill has been determined to have indefinite useful life.

Goodwill consists of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30,
2008

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

NextGen Healthcare Information Systems, Inc

 

$

1,840

 

Healthcare Strategic Initiatives

 

 

10,819

 

 

 



 

Total

 

$

12,659

 

 

 



 


 

 

8.

Intangible Assets – Customer Relationships and Trade Name

The Company had the following amounts related to intangible assets, net, other than capitalized software development costs, with determinable lives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of September 30, 2008

 

 

 


 

 

 

Gross Carrying
Amount

 

Accumulated
Amortization

 

Net

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer Relationships

 

$

5,241

 

$

(318

)

$

4,923

 

Trade Name

 

 

379

 

 

(35

)

 

344

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total

 

$

5,620

 

$

(353

)

$

5,267

 

 

 



 



 



 

The following represents the change in intangible assets recorded for the six months ended September 30, 2008:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer
Relationships

 

Trade Name

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of April 1, 2008

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Acquisition

 

 

5,241

 

 

379

 

 

5,620

 

Amortization

 

 

(318

)

 

(35

)

 

(353

)

 

 



 



 



 

Balance as of September 30, 2008

 

$

4,923

 

$

344

 

$

5,267

 

 

 



 



 



 

The following table represents the remaining estimated amortization of intangible assets, other than capitalized software development costs, with determinable lives as of September 30, 2008:

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ending March 31,

 

 

 

 

2009

 

$

484

 

2010

 

 

968

 

2011

 

 

968

 

2012

 

 

968

 

2013

 

 

886

 

2014 and beyond

 

 

993

 

 

 



 

Total

 

$

5,267

 

 

 



 


 

 

9.

Intangible Assets – Capitalized Software Development Costs

The Company had the following amounts related to capitalized software development costs with definite lives:

14



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30,
2008

 

March 31,
2008

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

Gross carrying amount

 

$

30,815

 

$

27,645

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

(21,256

)

 

(18,793

)

 

 



 



 

Net capitalized software development

 

$

9,559

 

$

8,852

 

 

 



 



 

Aggregate amortization expense during the six and twelve month period

 

$

2,463

 

$

4,149

 

 

 



 



 

Activity related to net capitalized software costs for the six month period ended September 30, 2008 and 2007 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 30,
2008

 

September 30,
2007

 

 

 


 


 

Beginning of the period

 

$

8,852

 

$

6,982

 

Capitalization

 

 

3,170

 

 

3,027

 

Amortization

 

 

(2,463

)

 

(2,004

)

 

 



 



 

End of the period

 

$

9,559

 

$

8,005

 

 

 



 



 

The following table represents the remaining estimated amortization of capital software development costs with determinable lives as of September 30, 2008:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ending March 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

 

 

 

$

2,671

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

4,186

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

2,315

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

387

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Total

 

 

 

 

$

9,559

 

 

 

 

 

 



 


 

 

10.

Employee Stock Option Plans

In September 1998, the Company’s shareholders approved a stock option plan (the “1998 Plan”) under which 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock were reserved for the issuance of options. The 1998 Plan provides that employees, directors and consultants of the Company, at the discretion of the Board of Directors or a duly designated compensation committee, be granted options to purchase shares of Common Stock. The exercise price of each option granted shall be determined by the Board of Directors at the date of grant, and options under the 1998 Plan expire no later than ten years from the grant date. Options granted will generally become exercisable in accordance with the terms of the agreement pursuant to which they were granted. Certain option grants to directors became exercisable three months from the date of grant. Upon an acquisition of the Company by merger or asset sale, each outstanding option may be subject to accelerated vesting under certain circumstances. The 1998 Plan terminated on December 31, 2007. As of September 30, 2008, there were 584,091 outstanding options related to this Plan.

In October 2005, the Company’s shareholders approved a stock option and incentive plan (the “2005 Plan”) under which 1,200,000 shares of Common Stock have been reserved for the issuance of awards, including stock options, incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, unrestricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units (including performance options) and other share-based awards. The 2005 Plan provides that employees, directors and consultants of the Company, at the discretion of the Board of Directors or a duly designated compensation committee, be granted awards to purchase shares of Common Stock. The exercise price of each award granted shall be determined by the Board of Directors at the date of grant in accordance with the terms of the 2005 Plan, and under the 2005 Plan awards expire no later than ten years from the grant date. Options granted will generally become exercisable in accordance with the terms of the agreement pursuant to which they were granted. Upon an acquisition of the Company by merger or asset sale, each outstanding award may be subject to accelerated vesting under certain circumstances. The 2005 Plan terminates on May 25, 2015, unless sooner terminated by the Board. At September 30, 2008, 956,810 shares were available for future grant under the 2005 Plan. As of September 30, 2008, there were 243,190 outstanding options related to this Plan.

A summary of stock option transactions during the six months ended September 30, 2008 is as follows:

15



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of
Shares

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

 

Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Life

 

Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Outstanding, April 1, 2008

 

1,303,734

 

$

22.81

 

3.40

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

218,190

 

$

37.42

 

4.80

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(609,743

)

$

17.71

 

2.25

 

$

14,969

 

Forfeited/Canceled

 

(84,900

)

$

25.93

 

3.44

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding, September 30, 2008

 

827,281

 

$

30.10

 

3.91

 

$

10,199

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest, September 30, 2008

 

816,254

 

$

30.07

 

3.90

 

$

10,087

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Company continues to utilize the Black-Scholes valuation model for estimating the fair value of stock-based compensation after the adoption of SFAS 123R. The following assumptions were utilized for options granted during the period:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

September 30, 2008

 

September 30, 2007

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected life

 

4.01 years

 

3.75 years

 

Expected volatility

 

42.0% - 43.4%

 

43.17% - 44.81%

 

Expected dividends

 

2.9% - 3.5%

 

2.67% - 2.99%

 

Risk-free rate

 

3.0% - 3.4%

 

4.06% - 5.09%

 

During the six months ended September 30, 2008, 218,190 options were granted under the 2005 Plan. During the six months ended September 30, 2007, 159,500 options were granted under the 1998 Plan. The Company issues new shares to satisfy option exercises. Based on historical experience of option cancellations, the Company has estimated an annualized forfeiture rate of 2.0% for employee options and 0.0% for director options. Forfeiture rates will be adjusted over the requisite service period when actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from the estimate. The weighted average grant date fair value of stock options granted during the six months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007 was $10.76 per share and $12.86 per share, respectively.

On September 9, 2008, the Board of Directors granted a total of 35,000 options under the Company’s 2005 Plan to non-management directors pursuant to the Company’s previously announced compensation plan for non-management directors, at an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant ($45.61 per share). The options vest in four equal annual installments beginning September 9, 2009 and expire on August 9, 2015.

On August 18, 2008, the Board of Directors granted a total of 50,000 options under the Company’s 2005 Plan to an employee at an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant ($40.08 per share). The options vest in four equal annual installments beginning August 18, 2009 and expire on August 18, 2013.

On August 11, 2008, the Board of Directors granted a total of 25,000 options under the Company’s 2005 Plan to selected employees at an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant ($40.71 per share). The options vest in four equal annual installments beginning August 11, 2009 and expire on August 11, 2013.

On June 13, 2008, the Board of Directors granted a total of 108,190 options under the Company’s 2005 Plan to selected employees at an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant ($32.79 per share). The options vest in four equal annual installments beginning June 13, 2009 and expire on June 13, 2013.

On May 31, 2008, the Board of Directors approved a performance-based equity incentive program for employees to be awarded options to purchase the Company’s common stock based on meeting certain target increases in earnings per share performance and revenue growth during fiscal year 2009. Under the program, options may also be granted as an incentive to prospective employees to join the Company. If earned, the options shall be issued pursuant to one of the Company’s shareholder approved option plans, have an exercise price equal to the closing price of the Company’s shares on the date of grant, a term of five years, vesting in four equal installments commencing one year following the date of grant. The maximum number of options available under the performance-based equity incentive program plan is 285,000, of which 20,000 is reserved for new employees. Based on performance versus established plan targets, $29 related to the performance plan was recorded for the six months ended September 30, 2008.

16



Non-vested stock option award activity, including awards for the six month period ended September 30, 2008, is summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-vested
Number of
Shares

 

Weighted-
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
per Share

 

 

 


 

Non-vested, April 1, 2008

 

649,436

 

$

9.57

 

Granted

 

218,190

 

$

10.76

 

Vested

 

(225,772

)

$

7.69

 

Forfeited/Canceled

 

(84,900

)

$

10.17

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

Non-vested, September 30, 2008

 

556,954

 

$

10.70

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

As of September 30, 2008, $5,670 of total unrecognized compensation costs related to stock options is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 4.27 years. This amount does not include the cost of new options that may be granted in future periods or any changes in the Company’s forfeiture percentage. The total fair value of shares vested during the six months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007 was $1,736 and $1,132, respectively.

 

 

11.

Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes for the six months ended September 30, 2008 was approximately $12,861 as compared to approximately $10,314 for the year ago period. The effective tax rates for the six months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007 were 36.3% and 36.1%, respectively. The provision for income taxes for the six months ended September 30, 2008 differ from the combined statutory rates primarily due to the impact of varying state income tax rates, tax-exempt interest income, and the qualified production activities deduction. The effective rate for the six months ended September 30, 2008 increased from the prior year primarily due to the expiration of the Federal research and development tax credit statute which occurred in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008 and therefore was not included in the current quarter provision.

Uncertain tax positions

As of September 30, 2008, the Company has provided a liability of $628 for unrecognized tax benefits related to various federal and state income tax matters. If recognized, there would be no material impact to the Company’s effective tax rate. The reserve has not materially changed for the quarter ended September 30, 2008.

The Company is under routine examination by two states. The Company does not anticipate that total unrecognized tax benefits will significantly change due to the settlement of audits or the expiration of statute of limitations within the next twelve months. The Company has filed three applications to change tax accounting methods. It is reasonably possible that the Company will receive consent to change these accounting methods within the next twelve months which would reduce the unrecognized tax benefit balance as of September 30, 2008 by approximately $561 with no impact on the tax provision.

 

 

12.

Net Income Per Share

The following table reconciles the weighted average shares outstanding for basic and diluted net income per share for the periods indicated. Basic net income per share is based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted net income per share is based on the assumption that the Company’s outstanding options are included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share, except when their effect would be anti-dilutive. Dilution is computed by applying the treasury stock method. Under this method, options are assumed to be exercised at the beginning of the period (or at the time of issuance, if later), and as if funds obtained thereby were used to purchase common stock at the average market price during the period.

17



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Six Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

10,499

 

$

9,672

 

$

21,613

 

$

17,612

 

Basic net income per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average of common shares outstanding

 

 

27,930

 

 

27,287

 

 

27,699

 

 

27,211

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Basic net income per common share

 

$

0.38

 

$

0.35

 

$

0.78

 

$

0.65

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

10,499

 

$

9,672

 

$

21,613

 

$

17,612

 

Diluted net income per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average of common shares outstanding

 

 

27,930

 

 

27,287

 

 

27,699

 

 

27,211

 

Effect of potentially dilutive securities (options)

 

 

281

 

 

431

 

 

315

 

 

485

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Weighted average of common shares outstanding - diluted

 

 

28,211

 

 

27,718

 

 

28,014

 

 

27,696

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Diluted net income per common share

 

$

0.37

 

$

0.35

 

$

0.77

 

$

0.64

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The computation of diluted net income per share does not include 394,148 and 328,049 options for the three and six months ended September 30, 2008, respectively, because their inclusion would have an anti-dilutive effect on net income per share.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The computation of diluted net income per share does not include 245,000 options for the three and six months ended September 30, 2007, because their inclusion would have an anti-dilutive effect on net income per share.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13. Other Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income includes all changes in Shareholders’ Equity during a period except those resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners. The components of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of income tax, consist of unrealized losses on marketable securities of $264 and $798 for the three and six months ended September 30, 2008, respectively. There were no other comprehensive income items for the three and six months ended ended September 30, 2007.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Six Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

10,499

 

$

9,672

 

$

21,613

 

$

17,612

 

Other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized loss on marketable securities, net of tax

 

 

(264

)

 

 

 

(798

)

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Comprehensive income

 

$

10,235

 

$

9,672

 

$

20,815

 

$

17,612

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

14.    Operating Segment Information

The Company has prepared operating segment information in accordance with SFAS 131 “Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information” to report components that are evaluated regularly by its chief operating decision maker, or decision making group in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. Reportable operating segments include the NextGen Division and the QSI Division.

The two divisions operate largely as stand-alone operations, with each division maintaining its own distinct product lines, product platforms, development, implementation and support teams, sales staffing, and branding. The two divisions share the resources of the Company’s “corporate office” which includes a variety of accounting and other administrative functions. Additionally, there are a small number of clients who are simultaneously utilizing software from each of the Company’s two divisions.

The QSI Division, co-located with the Company’s Corporate Headquarters in Irvine, California, currently focuses on developing, marketing and supporting software suites sold to dental and

18



certain niche medical practices. In addition, the division supports a number of medical clients that utilize the division’s UNIXa based medical practice management software product. The NextGen Division, with headquarters in Horsham, Pennsylvania, and significant locations in Atlanta, Georgia and St. Louis, Missouri, focuses principally on developing and marketing products and services for medical practices.

The accounting policies of the Company’s operating segments are the same as those described in Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, except that the disaggregated financial results of the segments reflect allocation of certain functional expense categories consistent with the basis and manner in which Company management internally disaggregates financial information for the purpose of assisting in making internal operating decisions. Certain corporate overhead costs, such as executive and accounting department personnel-related expenses, are not allocated to the individual segments by management. Management evaluates performance based on stand-alone segment operating income. Because the Company does not evaluate performance based on return on assets at the operating segment level, assets are not tracked internally by segment. Therefore, segment asset information is not presented. All of the recorded goodwill at September 30, 2008 relates to the Company’s NextGen division.

Operating segment data is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Six Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

QSI Division

 

$

4,113

 

$

4,006

 

$

8,180

 

$

7,988

 

NextGen Division

 

 

54,868

 

 

41,140

 

 

106,025

 

 

79,190

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Consolidated revenue

 

$

58,981

 

$

45,146

 

$

114,205

 

$

87,178

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

QSI Division

 

$

952

 

$

1,290

 

$

1,928

 

$

2,346

 

NextGen Division

 

 

19,301

 

 

15,698

 

 

39,236

 

 

29,601

 

Unallocated corporate expenses

 

 

(4,119

)

 

(2,493

)

 

(7,404

)

 

(5,405

)

 

 



 



 



 



 

Consolidated operating income

 

$

16,134

 

$

14,495

 

$

33,760

 

$

26,542

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

15.     Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company had cash deposits at U.S. banks and financial institutions which exceeded federally insured limits at September 30, 2008. The Company is exposed to credit loss for amounts in excess of insured limits in the event of non-performance by the institutions; however, the Company does not anticipate non-performance by these institutions.

16.     Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies

Commitments and Guarantees

Software license agreements in both the QSI and NextGen Divisions include a performance guarantee that the Company’s software products will substantially operate as described in the applicable program documentation for a period of 365 days after delivery. To date, the Company has not incurred any significant costs associated with these warranties and does not expect to incur significant warranty costs in the future. Therefore, no accrual has been made for potential costs associated with these warranties. Certain arrangements also include performance guarantees related to response time, availability for operational use, and other performance-related guarantees. Certain arrangements also include penalties in the form of maintenance credits should the performance of the software fail to meet the performance guarantees. To date, the Company has not incurred any significant costs associated with these warranties and does not expect to incur significant warranty costs in the future. Therefore, no accrual has been made for potential costs associated with these warranties.

The Company has historically offered short-term rights of return in certain sales arrangements. If the Company is able to estimate returns for these types of arrangements and all other criteria for revenue recognition have been met, revenue is recognized and these arrangements are recorded in the consolidated financial statements. If the Company is unable to estimate returns for these types of arrangements, revenue is not recognized in the

 

 


 

a       UNIX is a registered trademark of the AT&T Corporation.

19



consolidated financial statements until the rights of return expire, provided also, that all other criteria of revenue recognition have been met.

The Company’s standard sales agreements in the NextGen Division contain an indemnification provision pursuant to which it shall indemnify, hold harmless, and reimburse the indemnified party for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party in connection with any United States patent, any copyright or other intellectual property infringement claim by any third party with respect to its software. The QSI Division arrangements occasionally utilize this type of language as well. As the Company has not incurred any significant costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnification agreements, the Company believes that its estimated exposure on these agreements is currently minimal. Accordingly, the Company has no liabilities recorded for these indemnification obligations.

From time to time, the Company offers future purchase discounts on its products and services as part of its sales arrangements. Discounts which are incremental to the range of discounts reflected in the pricing of the other elements of the arrangement, which are incremental to the range of discounts typically given in comparable transactions, and which are significant, are treated as an additional element of the contract to be deferred. Amounts deferred related to future purchase options are not recognized until either the customer exercises the discount offer or the offer expires.

The Company has entered into marketing assistance agreements with existing users of the Company’s products which provide the opportunity for those users to earn commissions if and only if they host specific site visits upon the Company’s request for prospective customers which directly result in a purchase of the Company’s software by the visiting prospects. Amounts earned by existing users under this program are treated as a selling expense in the period when earned.

Contingencies

The Company has experienced certain legal claims by parties asserting that it infringed certain intellectual property rights. Management believes that these claims are without merit and have defended against them vigorously; however, in order to avoid the further legal costs and diversion of management resources it is reasonably possible that a settlement may be reached which could result in a liability to the Company. However, at this time it is not possible to estimate with reasonable certainty what amount, if any may be incurred as a result of a settlement. Litigation is inherently uncertain and always difficult to predict.

17.     Subsequent Events

On October 30, 2008, the Board of Directors approved a regular quarterly dividend of thirty cents ($0.30) per share payable on its outstanding shares of common stock. The cash dividend record date is December 15, 2008 and the cash dividend is expected to be distributed to shareholders on or about January 5, 2009.

On October 15, 2008, the Company and NextGen entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (Agreement) to acquire Practice Management Partners, Inc. (PMP), which closed on October 28, 2008. As a result of the Agreement, PMP became a wholly owned subsidiary of NextGen. The purchase price consisted of approximately $19,000 at closing plus up to $3,000 tied to the future performance of PMP. The $19,000 consists of approximately $16,250 in cash and $2,750 in the Company’s unregistered common stock.

20


Item 2.     Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Except for the historical information contained herein, the matters discussed in this quarterly report may include forward-looking statements that involve certain risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ from those anticipated by us as a result of various factors, both foreseen and unforeseen, including, but not limited to, our ability to continue to develop new products and increase systems sales in markets characterized by rapid technological evolution, consolidation, and competition from larger, better capitalized competitors. Many other economic, competitive, governmental and technological factors could impact our ability to achieve our goals, and interested persons are urged to review any new risks which may be described in “Risk Factors” set forth herein and other risk factors appearing in our most recent filing on Form 10-K, as supplemented by additional risk factors, if any, in our interim filings on Form 10-Q, as well as in our other public disclosures and filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by, the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this report. Historical results of operations, percentage profit fluctuations and any trends that may be inferred from the discussion below are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for any future period.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates. The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. On an on-going basis, we evaluate estimates, including but not limited to those related to revenue recognition, valuation of marketable securities, uncollectible accounts receivable, intangible assets, software development cost, and income taxes for reasonableness. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

We believe revenue recognition, valuation of marketable securities, the allowance for doubtful accounts, capitalized software costs, share-based compensation, income taxes and intangible assets are among the most critical accounting policies and estimates that impact our consolidated financial statements. We believe that our significant accounting policies, as described in Note 2 of our Condensed Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”, should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Revenue Recognition. We currently recognize system sales revenue pursuant to SOP 97-2, as amended by SOP 98-9. We generate revenue from the sale of licensing rights to use our software products sold directly to end-users and value-added resellers (VARs). We also generate revenue from sales of hardware and third party software, and implementation, training, software customization, EDI, post-contract support (maintenance) and other services performed for customers who license our products.

A typical system contract contains multiple elements of the above items. SOP 97-2, as amended, requires revenue earned on software arrangements involving multiple elements to be allocated to each element based on the relative fair values of those elements. The fair value of an element must be based on vendor specific objective evidence (VSOE). We limit our assessment of VSOE for each element to either the price charged when the same element is sold separately or the price established by management having the relevant authority to do so, for an element not yet sold separately. VSOE calculations are updated and reviewed at the end of each quarter or annually depending on the nature of the product or service.

When evidence of fair value exists for the delivered and undelivered elements of a transaction, then discounts for individual elements are aggregated and the total discount is allocated to the individual elements in proportion to the elements’ fair value relative to the total contract fair value.

When evidence of fair value exists for the undelivered elements only, the residual method, provided for under SOP 98-9, is used. Under the residual method, we defer revenue related to the undelivered elements in a system sale based on VSOE of fair value of each of the undelivered elements, and allocate the remainder of the contract price net of all discounts to revenue recognized from the delivered elements. Undelivered elements of a system sale may include implementation and training services, hardware and third party software, maintenance, future purchase discounts, or other services. If VSOE of fair value of any undelivered element does not exist, all revenue is deferred until VSOE of fair value of the undelivered element is established or the element has been delivered.

We bill for the entire system sales contract amount upon contract execution except for maintenance which is billed separately. Amounts billed in excess of the amounts contractually due are recorded in accounts receivable as advance billings. Amounts are contractually due when services are performed or in accordance with contractually specified payment dates. Provided the fees are fixed and determinable and collection is considered probable, revenue from licensing rights and sales of hardware and third party software is generally recognized upon shipment and transfer of title. In certain transactions whose collections risk is high, the cash basis method is used to recognize revenue. If the fee is not fixed or determinable, then the revenue recognized in each period (subject to application of other revenue recognition criteria) will be the lesser of the aggregate of amounts due and payable or the amount of the arrangement fee that would have been recognized if the fees were being recognized using the residual method. Fees which are considered fixed or determinable at the inception of our arrangements must include the following characteristics:

 

 

§

The fee must be negotiated at the outset of an arrangement, and generally be based on the specific volume of products to be delivered without being subject to change based on variable pricing mechanisms such as the number of units copied or distributed or the expected number of users.

21



 

 

§

Payment terms must not be considered extended. If a significant portion of the fee is due more than 12 months after delivery or after the expiration of the license, the fee is presumed not fixed and determinable.

Revenue from implementation and training services is recognized as the corresponding services are performed. Maintenance revenue is recognized ratably over the contractual maintenance period.

Contract accounting is applied where services include significant software modification, development or customization. In such instances, the arrangement fee is accounted for in accordance with Statement of Position No. 81-1 “Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts” (SOP 81-1).

Pursuant to SOP 81-1, we use the percentage of completion method provided all of the following conditions exist:

 

 

The contract includes provisions that clearly specify the enforceable rights regarding goods or services to be provided and received by the parties, the consideration to be exchanged, and the manner and terms of settlement;

 

 

The customer can be expected to satisfy its obligations under the contract;

 

 

We can be expected to perform our contractual obligations; and

 

 

Reliable estimates of progress towards completion can be made.

We measure completion using labor input hours. Costs of providing services, including services accounted for in accordance with SOP 81-1, are expensed as incurred.

If a situation occurs in which a contract is so short term that the consolidated financial statements would not vary materially from using the percentage-of-completion method or in which we are unable to make reliable estimates of progress of completion of the contract, the completed contract method is utilized.

Product returns are estimated in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 48, “Revenue Recognition When Right of Return Exists” (SFAS 48). The Company also ensures that the other criteria in SFAS 48 have been met prior to recognition of revenue:

 

 

§

The price is fixed or determinable;

 

 

§

The customer is obligated to pay and there are no contingencies surrounding the obligation or the payment;

 

 

§

The customer’s obligation would not change in the event of theft or damage to the product;

 

 

§

The customer has economic substance;

 

 

§

The amount of returns can be reasonably estimated; and

 

 

§

We do not have significant obligations for future performance in order to bring about resale of the product by the customer.

We have historically offered short-term rights of return of less than 30 days in certain sales arrangements. If we are able to estimate returns for these types of arrangements, revenue is recognized and these arrangements are recorded in the consolidated financial statements. If we are unable to estimate returns for these types of arrangements, revenue is not recognized in our consolidated financial statements until the rights of return expire.

Revenue related to sales arrangements which include the right to use software stored on the Company’s hardware are accounted for under the Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 00-3 “Application of AICPA Statement of Position 97-2 to arrangements that include the right to use software stored on another entity’s hardware”. EITF No. 00-3 requires that for software licenses and related implementation services to continue to fall under SOP No. 97-2, the customer must have the contractual right to take possession of the software without incurring a significant penalty and it must be feasible for the customer to either host the software themselves or through another third party. If an arrangement is not deemed to be accounted for under SOP 97-2, the entire arrangement is accounted for as a service contract in accordance with EITF Issue No. 00-21 “Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables”. In that instance, the entire arrangement would be recognized as the hosting services are being performed.

Revenue cycle management service revenue is derived from services fees, which include amounts charged for ongoing billing and other related services and are generally billed to the customer as a percentage of total collections. The Company does not recognize revenue for services fees until these collections are made as the services fees are not fixed and determinable until such time.

22



From time to time, we offer future purchase discounts on our products and services as part of our sales arrangements. Pursuant to AICPA TPA 5100.51, discounts which are incremental to the range of discounts reflected in the pricing of the other elements of the arrangement, which are incremental to the range of discounts typically given in comparable transactions, and which are significant, are treated as an additional element of the contract to be deferred. Amounts deferred related to future purchase options are not recognized until either the customer exercises the discount offer or the offer expires.

Revenue is divided into two categories, “system sales” and “maintenance, EDI, revenue cycle management and other services”. Revenue in the system sales category includes software license fees, third party hardware and software, and implementation and training services related to purchase of the Company’s software systems. The majority of the revenue in the system sales category is related to the sale of software. Revenue in the maintenance, EDI, revenue cycle management and other services category includes, maintenance, EDI, revenue cycle management, follow on training and implementation services, annual third party license fees, hosting services and other revenue.

Valuation of marketable securities. Marketable securities are classified as available-for-sale and accordingly are recorded at fair value, based on quoted market rates or on valuation analysis when appropriate, with unrealized gains and losses reflected as a separate component of shareholders’ equity titled accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, until realized or until a determination is made that an other-than-temporary decline in market value has occurred. Factors considered in assessing whether an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred include: the nature of the investment; whether the decline in fair value is attributable to specific adverse conditions affecting the investment; the financial condition of the investee; the severity and the duration of the impairment; and whether the Company has the ability to hold the investment to maturity. When it is determined that an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred, the investment is written down to its market value at the end of the period in which it is determined that an other-than-temporary decline has occurred. The cost of marketable securities sold is based upon the specific identification method. In addition, the Company classifies marketable securities as current or non-current based upon whether such assets are reasonably expected to be realized in cash or sold or consumed during the normal operating cycle of the business. Realized gains or losses and other-than-temporary declines in the fair value of marketable securities are determined on a specific identification basis and reported in interest and other income, net, as incurred.

The fair value of our marketable securities has been estimated by management based on certain assumptions of what market participants would use in pricing the asset in a current transaction, or level 3 - unobservable inputs in accordance with SFAS 157. Management used a model to estimate the fair value of these securities that included certain level 2 inputs as well as assumptions, including a liquidity discount, based on management’s judgment, which are highly subjective and therefore considered level 3 inputs in the fair value hierarchy. The estimate of the fair value of the marketable securities could change based on market conditions.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. We perform credit evaluations of our customers and maintain reserves for estimated credit losses. Reserves for potential credit losses are determined by establishing both specific and general reserves. Specific reserves are based on management’s estimate of the probability of collection for certain troubled accounts. General reserves are established based on our historical experience of bad debt expense and the aging of our accounts receivable balances net of deferred revenue and specifically reserved accounts. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances would be required.

Software Development Costs. Development costs incurred in the research and development of new software products and enhancements to existing software products are expensed as incurred until technological feasibility has been established. After technological feasibility is established with the completion of a working model of the enhancement or product, any additional development costs are capitalized in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 86, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased or Otherwise Marketed” (SFAS 86). Such capitalized costs are amortized on a straight line basis over the estimated economic life of the related product, which is generally three years. We perform an annual review of the recoverability of such capitalized software costs. At the time a determination is made that capitalized amounts are not recoverable based on the estimated cash flows to be generated from the applicable software, any remaining capitalized amounts are written off.

Share-Based Compensation. We apply the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment” (SFAS 123R) which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and

23



directors based on estimated fair values. SFAS 123R requires us to estimate the fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. During fiscal year 2009, we estimate the expected term of the option using historical exercise experience. Prior to using the simplified method, we estimated the expected term of an option. We estimate volatility by using the weighted average historical volatility of our common stock, which we believe approximates expected volatility. The risk free rate is the implied yield available on the U.S Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms equal to the expected term. The expected dividend yield is the average dividend rate during a period equal to the expected term of the option. Those inputs are then entered into the Black Scholes model to determine the estimated fair value. The value of the portion of the award that is expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service period in our consolidated statement of income.

Qualified Production Activities Deduction. Management’s treatment of this deduction represented an estimate that affected the effective income tax rate for the Company for the six months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007. The deduction taken by the Company involved certain assumptions and judgments regarding the allocation of indirect expenses as prescribed under Internal Revenue Code Section 199.

Business Combinations. In accordance with business combination accounting under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, Business Combinations”, we allocate the purchase price of acquired businesses to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on estimated fair values. Such allocations require management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets acquired. Management’s estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable. These estimates are based on information obtained from management of the acquired companies and are inherently uncertain. Critical estimates in valuing certain of the intangible assets include, but are not limited to, (i) future expected cash flows from acquired businesses and (ii) the acquired company’s brand and market position. Unanticipated events and circumstances may occur which may affect the accuracy or validity of such assumptions, estimates or actual results.

Company Overview

Quality Systems Inc., comprised of the QSI Division (QSI Division) and wholly-owned subsidiaries, NextGen Healthcare Information Systems, Inc. (NextGen Division) and Lackland Acquisition II, LLC dba Healthcare Strategic Initiatives (HSI) (collectively, the Company, we, our, or us) develops and markets healthcare information systems that automate certain aspects of medical and dental practices, networks of practices such as physician hospital organizations (PHO’s) and management service organizations (MSO’s), ambulatory care centers, community health centers, and medical and dental schools.

The Company, a California corporation formed in 1974, was founded with an early focus on providing information systems to dental group practices. In the mid-1980’s, we capitalized on the increasing focus on medical cost containment and further expanded our information processing systems to serve the medical market. In the mid-1990’s we made two acquisitions that accelerated our penetration of the medical market. These two acquisitions formed the basis for what is today the NextGen Division. Today, we serve the medical and dental markets through our two divisions.

The two divisions operate largely as stand-alone operations with each division maintaining its own distinct product lines, product platforms, development, implementation and support teams, sales staffing, and branding. The two divisions share the resources of the “corporate office” which includes a variety of accounting and other administrative functions. Additionally, there are a small number of clients who are simultaneously utilizing software from each of our two divisions.

The QSI Division, co-located with our corporate headquarters in Irvine, California, currently focuses on developing, marketing and supporting software suites sold to dental and certain niche medical practices. In addition, the Division supports a number of medical clients that utilize the Division’s UNIX1 based medical practice management software product.

The NextGen Division, with headquarters in Horsham, Pennsylvania, and significant locations in Atlanta, Georgia and St. Louis, Missouri, focuses principally on developing and marketing products and services for medical practices.

Both divisions develop and market practice management software which is designed to automate and streamline a number of the administrative functions required for operating a medical or dental practice. Examples of practice management software functions include scheduling and billing capabilities. It is important to note that in both the medical and dental

 

 


 

1        UNIX is a registered trademark of the AT&T Corporation.

24



environments, practice management software systems have already been implemented by the vast majority of practices. Therefore, we actively compete for the replacement market.

In addition, both divisions develop and market software that automates the patient record. Adoption of this software, commonly referred to as clinical software, is in its relatively early stages. Therefore, we are typically competing to replace paper-based patient record alternatives as opposed to replacing previously purchased systems.

Electronic Data Interchange (EDI)/connectivity products are intended to automate a number of manual, often paper-based or telephony intensive communications between patients and/or providers and/or payors. Two of the more common EDI services are forwarding insurance claims electronically from providers to payors and assisting practices with issuing statements to patients. Most practices utilize at least some of these services from us or one of our competitors. Other EDI/connectivity services are used more sporadically by client practices. We typically compete to displace incumbent vendors for claims and statements accounts, and attempt to increase usage of other elements in our EDI/connectivity product line. In general, EDI services are only sold to those accounts utilizing software from one of our divisions.

The QSI Division’s practice management software suite utilizes a UNIX operating system. Its Clinical Product Suite (CPS) utilizes a Windows NT2 operating system and can be fully integrated with the practice management software from each division. CPS incorporates a wide range of clinical tools including, but not limited to, periodontal charting and digital imaging of X-ray and inter-oral camera images as part of the electronic patient record. The Division develops, markets, and manages our EDI/connectivity applications. The QSInet Application Service Provider (ASP/Internet) offering is also developed and marketed by this Division.

Our NextGen Division develops and sells proprietary electronic medical records software and practice management systems under the NextGen®3 product name. Major product categories of the NextGen suite include Electronic Medical Records (NextGenemr), Enterprise Practice Management (NextGenepm), Enterprise Appointment Scheduling (NextGeneas), Enterprise Master Patient Index (NextGenepi), NextGen Image Control System (NextGenics), Managed Care Server (NextGenmcs), Electronic Data Interchange, System Interfaces, Internet Operability (NextGenweb), a Patient-centric and Provider-centric Web Portal solution (NextMD4.com), NextGen Express, a version of NextGenemr designed for small practices and NextGen Community Health Solution (NextGenchs). Beginning in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2008, the NextGen Division began offering optional NextGen Hosting Solutions to new and existing customers. NextGen also introduced a formal rollout of a new revenue cycle management service in fiscal year 2008. NextGen products utilize Microsoft Windows technology and can operate in a client-server environment as well as via private intranet, the Internet, or in an ASP environment.

We continue to pursue product enhancement initiatives within each division. The majority of such expenditures are currently targeted to the NextGen Division product line and client base.

Inclusive of divisional EDI and revenue cycle management revenue, the NextGen Division accounted for approximately 93.0% of our revenue for the second quarter of fiscal 2009 compared to 91.1% in the second quarter of fiscal 2008. The QSI Division accounted for 7.0% and 8.9% of revenue in the second quarter of fiscal 2009 and 2008, respectively. The NextGen Division’s year over year revenue grew at 33.4% and 22.9% in the second quarter of fiscal 2009 and 2008, respectively, while the QSI Division’s year over year revenue remained unchanged in the second quarter of fiscal years 2009 and 2008, respectively.

In addition to the aforementioned software solutions which we offer through our two divisions, we also offer comprehensive hardware and software installation services, maintenance and support services, revenue cycle management and system training services.

On December 11, 2007, the Company announced the formal public launch of NextGen Practice Solutions, a business division devoted to providing physician practices with cost effective revenue cycle management services. This division combines a web-delivered Software as a Service (SaaS) model and the NextGen EPM software platform to execute its service offerings. Clients may also deploy NextGen EMR as part of their Practice Solutions implementation.

On May 20, 2008, we closed the acquisition of St. Louis based Healthcare Strategic Initiatives (HSI), a full-service healthcare revenue management company. This acquisition is a part of the Company’s growth strategy for NextGen Practice Solutions. HSI will operate under the umbrella

 

 


2

Windows NT is a registered trademark of the Microsoft Corporation.

 

 

3

NextGen is a registered trademark of NextGen Healthcare Information Systems, Inc.

 

 

4

NextMD is a registered trademark of NextGen Healthcare Information Systems, Inc.

25



of NextGen Practice Solutions. Founded in 1996, HSI currently provides revenue cycle management services to thousands of providers including health systems, hospitals, and physicians in private practice with an in-house team of more than 200 employees including specialists in medical billing, coding and compliance, payer credentialing, and information technology.

On October 28, 2008, we closed the acquisition of Maryland based Practice Management Partners, Inc. (PMP), a full-service healthcare revenue cycle management company. Founded in 2001, PMP provides physician billing and technology management services to hundreds of healthcare providers, primarily in Mid-Atlantic region.

Results of Operations

Overview of results

 

 

§

Consolidated revenue grew 31.0% in the six months ended September 30, 2008 versus the same period in 2007 and 18.6% in the six months ended September 30, 2007 versus the same period in 2006. For the six months ended September 30, 2008, revenue was positively impacted by the HSI acquisition, which generated $5.9 million for the period May 21, 2008 to September 30, 2008.

 

 

§

Consolidated income from operations grew 27.2% in the six months ended September 30, 2008 versus the same period in 2007 and grew 5.6% in the six months ended September 30, 2007 versus 2006. For the six months ended September 30, 2008, operating income was positively impacted by an increase in revenue offset by shift in revenue mix with increased hardware, maintenance and revenue cycle management revenue resulting in a decline in our gross profit margin; we also experienced higher selling, general and administrative expenses. Higher selling, general and administrative expenses were impacted negatively by $1.2 million of proxy related expenses incurred in conjunction with the 2008 Annual Shareholder’s Meeting and higher than usual legal expenses, primarily as a result of our contested proxy election and certain legal matters related to intellectual property infringement claims in the NextGen division.

 

 

§

We have benefited and hope to continue to benefit from the increased demands on healthcare providers for greater efficiency and lower costs, as well as increased adoption rates for electronic medical records and other technology in the healthcare arena.

 

 

NextGen Division

 

 

§

Our NextGen Division’s revenue grew 33.9% in the six months ended September 30, 2008 versus 2007 and 20.6% in the six months ended September 30, 2007 versus 2006. Divisional operating income (which excludes unallocated corporate expenses) grew 32.7% in the six months ended September 30, 2008 versus 2007 and 7.8% in the six months ended September 30, 2007 versus 2006. For the six months ended September 30, 2008, operating income was positively impacted by our revenue growth.

 

 

§

HSI contributed $5.9 million to NextGen’s revenue during from May 20, 2008, the close date, to September 30, 2008. HSI’s operating income had minimal impact to NextGen’s operating income the same period.

 

 

§

During the six months ended September 30, 2008, we added staffing resources to most of our client-interfacing departments, and intend to continue doing so in future quarters.

 

 

§

Our goals include continuing to further enhance and expand the marketing and sales of our existing products, developing new products for targeted markets, continuing to add new customers, selling additional software and services to existing customers and expanding penetration of connectivity and other services to new and existing customers, and capitalizing on growth and cross selling opportunities within the Practice Solutions arena.

 

 

QSI Division

 

 

§

Our QSI Division revenue increased 2.4% in the six months ended September 30, 2008 versus the same period in 2007 and grew 1.6% in the six months ended September 30, 2007 versus the same period in 2006. The Division experienced 17.8% decrease in operating income (excluding unallocated corporate expenses) in the six months ended September 30, 2008 versus the same period in 2007 as compared to a 8.0% increase in operating income in the six months ended September 30, 2007 versus the same period in 2006. For the six months ended September 30, 2008, operating income was negatively impacted by an increase in selling, general and administrative expense.

 

 

§

Our goals for the QSI Division include maximizing profit performance given the constraints represented by a relatively weak purchasing environment in the dental group practice market.

 

26


The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the percentage of revenues represented by each item in our Consolidated Statements of Income (unaudited).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Six Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Software, hardware and supplies

 

36.1

%

41.0

%

37.4

%

40.4

%

Implementation and training services

 

5.9

 

7.1

 

6.2

 

7.4

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

System sales

 

42.0

 

48.1

 

43.6

 

47.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maintenance

 

29.2

 

29.8

 

30.1

 

29.8

 

Electronic data interchange services

 

11.9

 

12.0

 

11.9

 

12.0

 

Revenue cycle management and related services

 

7.7

 

0.0

 

5.7

 

0.0

 

Other services

 

9.2

 

10.2

 

8.7

 

10.4

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Maintenance, EDI, revenue cycle management and other services

 

58.0

 

51.9

*

56.4

 

52.2

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Total revenue

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Software, hardware and supplies

 

5.8

 

5.5

 

6.0

 

5.7

 

Implementation and training services

 

4.4

 

5.4

 

4.9

 

5.5

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Total cost of system sales

 

10.2

 

10.9

 

10.9

 

11.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maintenance

 

5.0

 

6.7

 

5.3

 

7.1

 

Electronic data interchange services

 

8.9

 

8.3

 

8.9

 

8.3

 

Revenue cycle management and related services

 

5.3

 

0.0

 

3.9

 

0.0

 

Other services

 

6.6

 

6.9

 

6.4

 

7.0

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Total cost of maintenance, EDI, revenue cycle management and other services

 

25.8

 

21.9

 

24.5

 

22.4

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Total cost of revenue

 

36.0

 

32.7

 

35.4

 

33.6

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit

 

64.0

 

67.3

 

64.6

 

66.4

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

31.0

 

29.2

 

29.4

 

29.6

 

Research and development

 

5.7

 

6.0

 

5.7

 

6.3

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from operations

 

27.3

 

32.1

*

29.5

 

30.5

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

0.6

 

1.4

 

0.6

 

1.6

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

 

27.9

 

33.5

*

30.1

 

32.0

*

Provision for income taxes

 

10.1

 

12.1

 

11.3

 

11.8

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

17.8

%

21.4

%

18.8

%

20.2

%

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

 

*

does not add due to rounding

For the Three-Month Periods Ended September 30, 2008 versus 2007

Net Income. The Company’s net income for the three months ended September 30, 2008 was $10.5 million or $0.38 per share on a basic and $0.37 per share on a fully diluted basis. In comparison, we earned $ 9.7 million or $0.35 per share on a basic and fully diluted basis for the three months ended September 30, 2007. The increase in net income for the three months ended September 30, 2008 was a result of the following:

 

 

a 30.7% increase in consolidated revenue;

 

 

a 33.9% increase in NextGen Division revenue which accounted for 93.0% of consolidated revenue;

 

 

offset by a shift in revenue mix with increased hardware, maintenance and revenue cycle management revenue resulting in a decline in our gross profit margin; and

 

 

an increase in selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue. Approximately $1.2 million in expenses related to the contested proxy election which occurred in conjunction with the 2008 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting.

27



Revenue. Revenue for the three months ended September 30, 2008 increased 30.7% to $59.0 million from $45.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2007. NextGen Division revenue increased 33.4% from $41.1 million in the three months ended September 30, 2007 to $54.9 million in the three months ended September 30, 2008, and the QSI Division revenue increased by 2.7% during the three months ended September 30, 2008 over the prior year period. NextGen revenue is inclusive of approximately $4.2 million in revenue from HSI.

We divide revenue into two categories, “system sales” and “maintenance, EDI, revenue cycle management and other services”. Revenue in the system sales category includes software license fees, third party hardware and software, and implementation and training services related to purchase of the Company’s software systems. The majority of the revenue in the system sales category is related to the sale of software. Revenue in the maintenance, EDI, revenue cycle management and other services category includes maintenance, EDI, revenue cycle management follow-on training and implementation services, annual third party license fees, hosting and other revenue. Maintenance revenue includes amounts initially deferred in conjunction with new customer arrangements and subsequently amortized and billings to existing customers.

System Sales. Revenue earned from company-wide sales of systems for the three months ended September 30, 2008, increased 14.2% to $24.8 million from $21.7 million in the prior year period.

Our increase in revenue from sales of systems was principally the result of a 13.7% increase in category revenue at our NextGen Division. Divisional sales in this category grew from $21.0 million during the three months ended September 30, 2007 to $23.9 million during the three months ended September 30, 2008. This increase was driven by higher sales of NextGenemr and NextGenepm software to both new and existing clients, as well as increases in sales of hardware, third party software and supplies and implementation and training services.

The following table breaks down our reported system sales into software, hardware, third party software, supplies, and implementation and training services components by division:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 









 

 

Software

 

Hardware, Third
Party Software
and Supplies

 

Implementation
and Training
Services

 

Total System
Sales

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Three months ended September 30, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

QSI Division

 

$

235

 

$

404

 

$

278

 

$

917

 

NextGen Division

 

 

18,673

 

 

1,985

 

 

3,208

 

 

23,866

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Consolidated

 

$

18,908

 

$

2,389

 

$

3,486

 

$

24,783

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months ended September 30, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

QSI Division

 

$

217

 

$

258

 

$

225

 

$

700

 

NextGen Division

 

 

16,713

 

 

1,326

 

 

2,957

 

 

20,996

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Consolidated

 

$

16,930

 

$

1,584

 

$

3,182

 

$

21,696

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

NextGen Division software license revenue increased 11.7% between the three months ended September 30, 2008 and the prior year period. The Division’s software revenue accounted for 78.2% of divisional system sales revenue during the three months ended September 30, 2008. For the three month period ended September 30, 2007, divisional software revenue as a percentage of divisional system sales revenue was 79.6%. Software license revenue growth continues to be an area of primary emphasis for the NextGen Division.

During the three months ended September 30, 2008, 8.3% of NextGen’s system sales revenue was represented by hardware and third party software compared to 6.3% in the prior year period. During the three months ended September 30, 2008, there was a shift in the revenue mix with increased revenue coming from hardware revenue. The number of customers who purchase hardware and third party software and the dollar amount of hardware and third party software revenue fluctuates each quarter depending on the needs of customers. The inclusion of hardware and third party software in the Division’s sales arrangements is typically at the request of the customer and is not a priority focus for us.

Implementation and training revenue related to system sales at the NextGen Division grew 8.5% in the three months ended September 30, 2008 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2007 and increased 10.5% in the three months ended September 30, 2007 compared to the period year period 2006. The amount of implementation and training services revenue in any given quarter is dependent on several factors, including timing of customer implementations, the availability of qualified staff, and the mix of services being rendered. The number of

28



implementation and training staff increased during the three months ended September 30, 2008 versus 2007 in order to accommodate the increased amount of implementation services sold in conjunction with increased software sales. In order to achieve growth in this area, additional staffing increases and additional training facilities are anticipated, though actual future increases in revenue and staff will depend upon the availability of qualified staff, business mix and conditions, and our ability to retain current staff members.

The NextGen Division’s growth has come in part from investments in sales and marketing activities including hiring additional sales representatives, trade show attendance, and advertising expenditures. We have also benefited from winning numerous industry awards for the NextGen Division’s flagship NextGenemr and NextGenepm software products and the apparent increasing acceptance of electronic medical records technology in the healthcare industry.

For the QSI Division, total system sales increased $0.2 million or 31.0% in the three months ended September 30, 2008 versus the same period ended September 30, 2007. We do not presently foresee any material changes in the business environment for the Division with respect to the weak purchasing environment in the dental group practice market that has existed for the past several years.

Maintenance, EDI, Revenue Cycle Management and Other Services. For the three months ended September 30, 2008, company-wide revenue from maintenance, EDI, revenue cycle management and other services grew 45.8% to $34.2 million from $23.5 million in the prior year period. The increase in this category resulted from an increase in maintenance, EDI, revenue cycle management and other services revenue from the NextGen Division. Total NextGen Division maintenance revenue for the three months ended September 30, 2008 grew 33.2% to $15.5 million from $11.6 million in the prior year period, while EDI revenue grew 38.7% to $5.9 million compared to $4.2 million during the prior year period. Revenue cycle management grew $4.3 million primarily as a result of the HSI acquisition. Other services revenue for the three months ended September 30, 2008 increased 26.0% to $5.1 million from $4.1 million in the prior year period, primarily due to increases in consulting services, annual licenses and hosting services revenue. QSI Division maintenance, EDI and other revenue remained approximately unchanged in the three months ended September 30, 2008 as compared to the prior year period

The following table details revenue included in the maintenance, EDI and other category for the three month periods ended September 30, 2008 and 2007:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 











 

 

Maintenance

 

EDI

 

Revenue Cycle
Management

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Three months ended September 30, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

QSI Division

 

$

1,759

 

$

1,121

 

$

 

$

316

 

$

3,196

 

NextGen Division

 

 

15,475

 

 

5,864

 

 

4,527

 

 

5,136

 

 

31,002

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Consolidated

 

$

17,234

 

$

6,985

 

$

4,527

 

$

5,452

 

$

34,198

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months ended September 30, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

QSI Division

 

$

1,824

 

$

1,179

 

$

 

$

303

 

$

3,306

 

NextGen Division

 

 

11,618

 

 

4,227

 

 

222

 

 

4,077

 

 

20,144

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Consolidated

 

$

13,442

 

$

5,406

 

$

222

 

$

4,380

 

$

23,450

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

The growth in maintenance revenue for the NextGen Division has come from new customers that have been added each quarter, existing customers who have purchased additional licenses, and our relative success in retaining existing maintenance customers. NextGen’s EDI revenue growth has come from new customers and from further penetration of the Division’s existing customer base. We intend to continue to promote maintenance and EDI services to both new and existing customers.

The following table provides the number of billing sites which were receiving maintenance services as of the last business day of the quarters ended September 30, 2008 and 2007 respectively, as well as the number of billing sites receiving EDI services during the last month of each respective period at each division of the Company. The table presents summary information only and includes billing entities added and removed for any reason. Note also that a single client may include one or multiple billing sites, and changes in billing protocols for certain clients can cause period to period changes in the number of billing sites.

29



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 






 

 

 

NextGen

 

QSI

 

Consolidated

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

Maintenance

 

EDI

 

Maintenance

 

EDI

 

Maintenance

 

EDI

 

 

 




 




 




 

September 30, 2007

 

 

1,035

 

 

890

 

 

257

 

 

178

 

 

1,292

 

 

1,068

 

Billing sites added

 

 

206

 

 

270

 

 

10

 

 

40

 

 

216

 

 

310

 

Billing sites removed

 

 

(42

)

 

(97

)

 

(18

)

 

(45

)

 

(60

)

 

(142

)

 

 






 






 






 

September 30, 2008

 

 

1,199

 

 

1,063

 

 

249

 

 

173

 

 

1,448

 

 

1,236

 

 

 






 






 






 

Cost of Revenue. Cost of revenue for the three months ended September 30, 2008 increased 43.6% to $21.2 million from $14.8 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2007 and the cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue increased to 36.0% from 32.7% due to the fact that the rate of growth in cost of revenue grew faster than the aggregate revenue growth rate for the Company.

The increase in our consolidated cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue between the three months ended September 30, 2008 and the three months ended September 30, 2007 is primarily attributable to an increase in the level of hardware and third party software in the NextGen division, increase in payroll and related benefits and EDI costs in both divisions, offset by a decrease in other expense as a percentage of revenue. Other expense, which consists of outside service costs, amortization of software development costs and other costs, decreased to 7.0% of total revenue during the three months ended September 30, 2008 from 9.8% of total revenue during the three months ended September 30, 2007.

The following table details the individual components of cost of revenue and gross profit as a percentage of total revenue for our Company and our two divisions.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hardware,
Third Party
Software

 

Payroll and
related
Benefits

 

EDI

 

Other

 

Total Cost
of Revenue

 

Gross
Profit

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Three months ended September 30, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

QSI Division

 

 

9.2

%

 

19.2

%

 

16.3

%

 

2.6

%

 

47.3

%

 

52.7

%

NextGen Division

 

 

4.5

%

 

14.5

%

 

8.7

%

 

7.4

%

 

35.1

%

 

64.9

%

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Consolidated

 

 

4.8

%

 

14.9

%

 

9.3

%

 

7.0

%

 

36.0

%

 

64.0

%

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months ended September 30, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

QSI Division

 

 

4.0

%

 

18.6

%

 

14.9

%

 

4.4

%

 

41.9

%

 

58.1

%

NextGen Division

 

 

3.2

%

 

11.0

%

 

7.3

%

 

10.3

%

 

31.8

%

 

68.2

%

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Consolidated

 

 

3.3

%

 

11.7

%

 

8.0

%

 

9.8

%

 

32.8

%

 

67.3

%

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

During the three months ended September 30, 2008, hardware and third party software constituted a larger portion of consolidated cost of revenue compared to the prior year period in the NextGen Division. The number of customers who purchase hardware and third party software and the dollar amount of hardware and third party software purchased fluctuates each quarter depending on the needs of the customers and is not a priority focus for us.

Our payroll and benefits expense associated with delivering our products and services increased to 14.9% of consolidated revenue in the three months ended September 30, 2008 compared to 11.7% during the three months ended September 30, 2007 primarily due to the acquisition of HSI which as a service business has an inherently higher percentage of payroll costs as a percentage of revenue. The absolute level of consolidated payroll and benefit expenses grew from $5.3 million in the three months ended September 30, 2007 to $8.8 million in the three months ended September 30, 2008, an increase of 67% or approximately $3.5 million. Of the $3.5 million increase, approximately $2.0 million was a result of the HSI acquisition. In addition, related headcount, payroll and benefits expense associated with delivering products and services in the NextGen Division increased to $8.0 million in the three months ended September 30, 2008 from $4.5 million in the three months ended September 30, 2007. Payroll and benefits expense associated with delivering products and services in the QSI Division increased to $0.8 million during the three months ended September 30, 2008 from $0.7 million in the three months ended September 30, 2007. The application of SFAS 123R added approximately $0.1 million in compensation expense to cost of revenue for both the three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

We anticipate continued additions to headcount in the NextGen Division in areas related to delivering products and services in future periods but due to the uncertainties in the timing of our sales arrangements, our sales mix, the acquisition and training of qualified personnel,

30



and other issues, we cannot accurately predict if related headcount expense as a percentage of revenue will increase or decrease in the future.

We do not currently intend to make any significant additions to related headcount at the QSI Division.

As a result of the foregoing events and activities, the gross profit percentage for the Company and both our divisions decreased for the three month period ended September 30, 2008 versus the prior year period.

The following table details revenue and cost of revenue on a consolidated and divisional basis for the three month periods ended September 30, 2008 and 2007:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

Three months ended September 30,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2008

 

%

 

2007

 

%

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

QSI Division

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

4,113

 

 

100.0

%

$

4,006

 

 

100.0

%

Cost of revenue

 

 

1,946

 

 

47.3

%

 

1,680

 

 

41.9

%

 

 



 



 



 



 

Gross profit

 

$

2,167

 

 

52.7

%

$

2,326

 

 

58.1

%

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NextGen Division

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

54,868

 

 

100.0

%

$

41,140

 

 

100.0

%

Cost of revenue

 

 

19,276

 

 

35.1

%

 

13,095

 

 

31.8

%

 

 



 



 



 



 

Gross profit

 

$

35,592

 

 

64.9

%

$

28,045

 

 

68.2

%

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

58,981

 

 

100.0

%

$

45,146

 

 

100.0

%

Cost of revenue

 

 

21,223

 

 

36.0

%

 

14,775

 

 

32.7

%

 

 



 



 



 



 

Gross profit

 

$

37,758

 

 

64.0

%

$

30,371

 

 

67.3

%

 

 



 



 



 



 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the three months ended September 30, 2008 increased 38.6% to $18.3 million as compared to $13.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2007. The increase in these expenses resulted from a $0.2 million increase in compensation expense in the NextGen Division, a $1.0 million increase in legal expenses in the NextGen Division, a $2.3 million in other general and administrative expenses in the NextGen Division and a $1.6 million increase in corporate related expenses. Approximately $1.2 million of the year over year corporate related expense was related to expenses associated with the contested proxy election which occurred in conjunction with the 2008 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting. The application of SFAS 123R added approximately $0.3 million and $0.6 million in compensation expense to selling, general and administrative expenses for the three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and is included in the aforementioned amounts. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue increased from 29.2% in the three months ended September 30, 2007 to 31.0% in the three months ended September 30, 2008, primarily due to the proxy and legal expenses mentioned above.

We anticipate increased expenditures for trade shows, advertising and the employment of additional sales and administrative staff at the NextGen Division. We also anticipate future increases in corporate expenditures being made in a wide range of areas including professional services. While we expect selling, general and administrative expenses to increase on an absolute basis, we cannot accurately predict the impact these additional expenditures will have on selling, general, and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue.

Research and Development Costs. Research and development costs for the three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007 were $3.3 million and $ 2.7 million, respectively. The increases in research and development expenses were due in part to increased investment in the NextGen product line. Additionally, the application of SFAS 123R added approximately $0.1 million and $0.2 million in compensation expense to research and development costs for both the three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Additions to capitalized software costs offset research and development costs. For the three months ended September 30, 2008, $1.5 million was added to capitalized software costs while $1.6 million was capitalized during the three months ended September 30, 2007. Research and development costs as a percentage of revenue decreased to 5.7% during the three months ended June 30, 2008 from 6.0% for the same period in 2007. Research and development expenses are expected to continue at or above current dollar levels.

Interest Income. Interest income for the three months ended September 30, 2008 decreased to $0.3 million compared to $0.6 million in the three months ended September 30, 2007 primarily

31



due a greater proportion of funds invested in short-term U.S Treasuries and money market accounts which earned lower interest rates as compared to the prior year.

Our investment policy is determined by our Board of Directors. We currently maintain our cash in very liquid short term assets including money market funds, short-term U.S. Treasuries and auction rate securities with maturities or interest reset dates of 35 days or less. We owned approximately $12.7 million in ARS as of September 30 2008, which are illiquid due to the failure in the ARS market. Our Board of Directors continues to review alternate uses for our cash including, but not limited to, payment of a special dividend, initiation of a stock buy back program, an expansion of our investment policy to include investments with longer maturities of greater than 90 days, or other items. Additionally, it is possible that we will utilize some or all of our cash to fund  acquisitions or other similar business activities. Any or all of these programs could significantly impact our investment income in future periods.

Provision for Income Taxes. The provision for income taxes for the three months ended September 30, 2008 was approximately $6.0 million as compared to approximately $5.5 million for the year ago period. The effective tax rates for the three months ended September 30, 2008 was 36.3% and for the three months ended September 30 2007 was 36.1%. The provision for income taxes for the three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007 was impacted by the expiration of the Federal research and development tax credit statute which occurred in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008 and not extended until October 3, 2008, so therefore was not included in the current quarter provision.

For the Six-Month Periods Ended September 30, 2008 versus 2007

Net Income. The Company’s net income for the six months ended September 30, 2008 was $21.6 million or $0.78 per share on a basic and $0.77 per share on a fully diluted basis. In comparison, we earned $17.6 million or $0.65 per share on a basic and fully diluted basis for the six months ended September 30, 2007. The increase in net income for the six months ended September 30, 2008 was a result of the following:

 

 

a 31.0% increase in consolidated revenue;

 

 

a 33.9% increase in NextGen Division revenue which accounted for 92.8% of consolidated revenue;

 

 

offset by a decrease in gross margin percentage due to a shift in revenue mix with increased hardware, maintenance and revenue cycle management revenue resulting in a decline in our gross profit margin; and

 

 

Higher selling, general and administrative expenses were impacted negatively by $1.2 million of proxy related expenses incurred in conjunction with the 2008 Annual Shareholder’s Meeting and higher than usual legal expenses.

 

 

a decrease in interest income for the six months ended September 30, 2008 due to a greater proportion of funds invested in tax favored auction rate securities which offer lower interest rates but higher after-tax yields compared to money market or short term U.S. Treasuries, as well as well as lower overall interest rates.

Revenue. Revenue for the six months ended September 30, 2008 increased 31.0% to $114.2 million from $87.2 million for the six months ended September 30, 2007. NextGen Division revenue increased 33.9% from $79.2 million in the six months ended September 30, 2007 to $106.0 million in the six months ended September 30, 2008, and the QSI Division revenue increased by 2.4% during the six months ended September 30, 2008 over the prior year period. NextGen revenue is inclusive of approximately $5.9 million in revenue from HSI.

We divide revenue into two categories, “system sales” and “maintenance, EDI, revenue cycle management and other services”. Revenue in the system sales category includes software license fees, third party hardware and software, and implementation and training services related to purchase of the Company’s software systems. The majority of the revenue in the system sales category is related to the sale of software. Revenue in the maintenance, EDI, revenue cycle management and other services category includes maintenance, EDI, revenue cycle management follow-on training and implementation services, annual third party license fees, hosting services and other revenue. Maintenance revenue includes amounts initially deferred in conjunction with new customer arrangements and subsequently amortized and billings to existing customers.

System Sales. Revenue earned from company-wide sales of systems for the six months ended September 30, 2008 increased 19.3% to $49.7 million from $ 41.7 million in the prior year period.

Our increase in revenue from sales of systems was principally the result of a 18.2% increase in category revenue at our NextGen Division. Divisional sales in this category grew from $40.5 million during the six months ended September 30, 2007 to $47.9 million during the six months ended September 30, 2008. This increase was driven by higher sales of NextGenemr and

32



NextGenepm software to both new and existing clients, as well as increases in sales of hardware, third party software and supplies and implementation and training services.

The following table breaks down our reported system sales into software, hardware, third party software and supplies, and implementation and training services components by division:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

Software

 

Hardware, Third
Party Software
and Supplies

 

Implementation
and Training
Services

 

Total System
Sales

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

Six months ended September 30, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

QSI Division

 

$

652

 

$

710

 

$

502

 

$

1,864

 

NextGen Division

 

 

37,065

 

 

4,239

 

 

6,569

 

 

47,873

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Consolidated

 

$

37,717

 

$

4,949

 

$

7,071

 

$

49,737

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six months ended September 30, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

QSI Division

 

$

315

 

$

336

 

$

540

 

$

1,191

 

NextGen Division

 

 

32,245

 

 

2,357

 

 

5,890

 

 

40,492

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Consolidated

 

$

32,560

 

$

2,693

 

$

6,430

 

$

41,683

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

NextGen Division software license revenue increased 14.9% between the six months ended September 30, 2008 and the prior year period. The Division’s software revenue accounted for 77.4% of divisional system sales revenue during the six months ended September 30, 2008. For the six month period ended September 30, 2007, divisional software revenue as a percentage of divisional system sales revenue was 79.6%. Software license revenue growth continues to be an area of primary emphasis for the NextGen Division.

During the six months ended September 30, 2008, 8.9% of NextGen’s system sales revenue was represented by hardware and third party software compared to 5.8% in the prior year period. During the six months ended September 30, 2008, there was a shift in the revenue mix with increased revenue coming from hardware revenue. The number of customers who purchase hardware and third party software and the dollar amount of hardware and third party software revenue fluctuates each quarter depending on the needs of customers. The inclusion of hardware and third party software in the Division’s sales arrangements is typically at the request of the customer and is not a priority focus for us.

Implementation and training revenue related to system sales at the NextGen Division grew 11.5% in the six months ended September 30, 2008 compared to the six months ended September 30, 2007 and increased 7.0% in the six months ended September 30, 2007 compared to the period year period 2006. The amount of implementation and training services revenue in any given quarter is dependent on several factors, including timing of customer implementations, the availability of qualified staff, and the mix of services being rendered. The number of implementation and training staff increased during the six months ended September 30, 2008 versus 2007 in order to accommodate the increased amount of implementation services sold in conjunction with increased software sales. In order to achieve growth in this area, additional staffing increases and additional training facilities are anticipated, though actual future increases in revenue and staff will depend upon the availability of qualified staff, business mix and conditions, and our ability to retain current staff members.

The NextGen Division’s growth has come in part from investments in sales and marketing activities including hiring additional sales representatives, trade show attendance, and advertising expenditures. We have also benefited from winning numerous industry awards for the NextGen Division’s flagship NextGenemr and NextGenepm software products and the apparent increasing acceptance of electronic medical records technology in the healthcare industry.

For the QSI Division, total system sales increased $0.7 million or 56.5% in the six months ended September 30, 2008 versus the same period ended September 30, 2007. We do not presently foresee any material changes in the business environment for the Division with respect to the weak purchasing environment in the dental group practice market that has existed for the past several years.

Maintenance, EDI, Revenue Cycle Management and Other Services. For the six months ended September 30, 2008, company-wide revenue from maintenance, EDI, revenue cycle management and other services grew 41.7% to $64.5 million from $45.5 million in the prior year period. The increase in this category resulted from an increase in maintenance, EDI, revenue cycle management and other services revenue from the NextGen Division. Total NextGen Division maintenance revenue for the six months ended September 30, 2008 grew 37.4% to $30.8 million

33



from $22.4 million in the prior year period, while EDI revenue grew 40.1% to $11.4 million compared to $8.1 million during the prior year period. Revenue cycle management grew $6.1 million primarily as a result of the HSI acquisition. Other services revenue for the six months ended September 30, 2008 increased 21.5% to $9.5 million from $7.8 million in the prior year period, primarily due to increases in consulting services, annual licenses and hosting services revenue. QSI Division maintenance and EDI revenue remained fairly unchanged in the six months ended September 30, 2008 as compared to the prior year period while QSI divisional other revenue decreased by $0.4 million in the six months ended September 30, 2008 as compared to the prior year period.

The following table details revenue included in the maintenance, EDI, revenue cycle management, and other category for the six month periods ended September 30, 2008 and 2007:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

Maintenance

 

EDI

 

Revenue Cycle
Management

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Six months ended September 30, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

QSI Division

 

$

3,557

 

$

2,257

 

$

 

$

502

 

$

6,316

 

NextGen Division

 

 

30,813

 

 

11,398

 

 

6,484

 

 

9,457

 

 

58,152

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Consolidated

 

$

34,370

 

$

13,655

 

$

6,484

 

$

9,959

 

$

64,468

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six months ended September 30, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

QSI Division

 

$

3,576

 

$

2,294

 

$

 

$

927

 

$

6,797

 

NextGen Division

 

 

22,425

 

 

8,136

 

 

356

 

 

7,781

 

 

38,698

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Consolidated

 

$

26,001

 

$

10,430

 

$

356

 

$

8,708

 

$

45,495

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

The growth in maintenance revenue for the NextGen Division has come from new customers that have been added each quarter, existing customers who have purchased additional licenses, and our relative success in retaining existing maintenance customers. NextGen’s EDI revenue growth has come from new customers and from further penetration of the Division’s existing customer base. We intend to continue to promote maintenance and EDI services to both new and existing customers.

The following table provides the number of billing sites which were receiving maintenance services as of the last business day of the quarters ended September 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively, as well as the number of billing sites receiving EDI services during the last month of each respective period at each operating division of the Company. The table presents summary information only and includes billing entities added and removed for any reason. Note also that a single client may include one or multiple billing sites, and changes in billing protocols for certain clients can cause period to period changes in the number of billing sites.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

NextGen

 

QSI

 

Consolidated

 

 

 


 


 


 

 

 

Maintenance

 

EDI

 

Maintenance

 

EDI

 

Maintenance

 

EDI

 

 

 


 


 


 

September 30, 2007

 

1,035

 

890

 

257

 

178

 

1,292

 

1,068

 

Billing sites added

 

206

 

270

 

10

 

40

 

216

 

310

 

Billing sites removed

 

(42

)

(97

)

(18

)

(45

)

(60

)

(142

)

 

 


 


 


 

September 30, 2008

 

1,199

 

1,063

 

249

 

173

 

1,448

 

1,236

 

 

 




 




 




 

Cost of Revenue. Cost of revenue for the six months ended September 30, 2008 increased 38.0% to $40.4 million from $ 29.3 million in the six months ended September 30, 2007 and the cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue increased to 35.4% from 33.6% due to the fact that the rate of growth in cost of revenue grew faster than the aggregate revenue growth rate for the Company.

The increase in our consolidated cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue between the six months ended September 30, 2008 and the six months ended September 30, 2007 is primarily attributable to an increase in the level of hardware and third party software in the NextGen division, increase in payroll and related benefits, and EDI costs in both divisions, offset by a decrease in other expense as a percentage of revenue. Other expense, which consists of outside service costs, amortization of software development costs and other costs, decreased to 7.9% of total revenue during the six months ended September 30, 2008 from 9.9% of total revenue during the six months ended September 30, 2007.

34



The following table details the individual components of cost of revenue and gross profit as a percentage of total revenue for our Company and our two operating divisions.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hardware,
Third Party
Software

 

Payroll and
related
Benefits

 

EDI

 

Other

 

Total Cost
of Revenue

 

Gross
Profit

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Six months ended September 30, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

QSI Division

 

7.9

%

19.6

%

15.7

%

3.1

%

46.3

%

53.7

%

NextGen Division

 

4.4

%

12.8

%

8.5

%

8.9

%

34.6

%

65.4

%

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Consolidated

 

4.7

%

13.8

%

9.0

%

7.9

%

35.4

%

64.6

%

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six months ended September 30, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

QSI Division

 

6.2

%

18.7

%

15.1

%

4.5

%

44.5

%

55.5

%

NextGen Division

 

3.5

%

11.2

%

7.4

%

10.4

%

32.5

%

67.5

%

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Consolidated

 

3.7

%

11.9

%

8.1

%

9.9

%

33.6

%

66.4

%

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

During the six months ended September 30, 2008, hardware and third party software constituted a larger portion of consolidated cost of revenue compared to the prior year period in the NextGen Division. The number of customers who purchase hardware and third party software and the dollar amount of hardware and third party software purchased fluctuates each quarter depending on the needs of the customers and is not a priority focus for us.

Our payroll and benefits expense associated with delivering our products and services increased to 13.8% of consolidated revenue in the six months ended September 30, 2008 compared to 11.9% during the six months ended September 30, 2007 primarily due to the acquisition of HSI which as a service business has an inherently higher percentage of payroll costs as a percentage of revenue. The absolute level of consolidated payroll and benefit expenses grew from $10.4 million in the six months ended September 30, 2007 to $15.9 million in the six months ended September 30, 2008, an increase of 54% or approximately $5.5 million. Of the $5.5 million increase, approximately $2.7 million was a result of the HSI acquisition, which closed on May 20, 2008. In addition, related headcount, payroll and benefits expense associated with delivering products and services in the NextGen Division increased to $14.0 million in the six months ended September 30, 2008 from $8.9 million in the six months ended September 30, 2007. Payroll and benefits expense associated with delivering products and services in the QSI Division increased to 19.6% during the six months ended September 30, 2008 from 18.7% in the six months ended September 30, 2007. The application of SFAS 123R added approximately $0.2 million and $0.3 million in compensation expense to cost of revenue for both the three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

We anticipate continued additions to headcount in the NextGen Division in areas related to delivering products and services in future periods but due to the uncertainties in the timing of our sales arrangements, our sales mix, the acquisition and training of qualified personnel, and other issues, we cannot accurately predict if related headcount expense as a percentage of revenue will increase or decrease in the future.

We do not currently intend to make any significant additions to related headcount at the QSI Division.

As a result of the foregoing events and activities, the gross profit percentage for the Company and our NextGen Division decreased for the six month period ended September 30, 2008 versus the prior year period.

The following table details revenue and cost of revenue on a consolidated and divisional basis for the six month periods ended September 30, 2008 and 2007:

35



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

Six months ended September 30,

 

 

 


 

 

2008

 

%

 

2007

 

%

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

QSI Division

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

8,180

 

100.0

%

$

7,988

 

100.0

%

Cost of revenue

 

 

3,787

 

46.3

%

 

3,556

 

44.5

%

 

 



 


 



 


 

Gross profit

 

$

4,393

 

53.7

%

$

4,432

 

55.5

%

 

 



 


 



 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NextGen Division

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

106,025

 

100.0

%

$

79,190

 

100.0

%

Cost of revenue

 

 

36,662

 

34.6

%

 

25,761

 

32.5

%

 

 



 


 



 


 

Gross profit

 

$

69,363

 

65.4

%

$

53,429

 

67.5

%

 

 



 


 



 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

114,205

 

100.0

%

$

87,178

 

100.0

%

Cost of revenue

 

 

40,449

 

35.4

%

 

29,317

 

33.6

%

 

 



 


 



 


 

Gross profit

 

$

73,756

 

64.6

%

$

57,861

 

66.4

%

 

 



 


 



 


 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the six months ended September 30, 2008 increased 29.8% to $33.5 million as compared to $25.8 million for the six months ended September 30, 2007. The increase in these expenses resulted from:

 

 

 

 

o

a $0.5 million increase in compensation expense in the NextGen Division,

 

 

 

 

o

a $0.4 million in selling related expenses in the NextGen Division,

 

 

 

 

o

a $1.5 million increase in legal expenses in the NextGen Division,

 

 

 

 

o

a $0.6 million increase in outside services in the NextGen division,

 

 

 

 

o

a $2.7 million increase in other selling, general and administrative expenses in the NextGen Division; and

 

 

 

 

o

a $2.0 million increase in corporate related expenses.

Approximately $1.2 million of the year over year corporate related expense was related to expenses associated with the proxy contest which occurred in conjunction with the 2008 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting. Increase corporate salaries and related benefits of $0.4 million also contributed to the year over year corporate increase.

The application of SFAS 123R added approximately $0.8 million and $1.3 million in compensation expense to selling, general and administrative expenses for the six months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and is included in the aforementioned amounts. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased slightly from 29.6% in the six months ended September 30, 2007 to 29.4% in the six months ended September 30, 2008.

We anticipate increased expenditures for trade shows, advertising and the employment of additional sales and administrative staff at the NextGen Division. We also anticipate future increases in corporate expenditures being made in a wide range of areas including expenses related to the proxy contest. While we expect selling, general and administrative expenses to increase on an absolute basis, we cannot accurately predict the impact these additional expenditures will have on selling, general, and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue.

Research and Development Costs. Research and development costs for the six months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007 were $6.5 million and $5.5 million, respectively. The increases in research and development expenses were due in part to increased investment in the NextGen product line. Additionally, the application of SFAS 123R added approximately $0.2 million and $0.5 million in compensation expense to research and development costs for both the six months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Additions to capitalized software costs offset research and development costs. For the six months ended September 30, 2008, $3.2 million was added to capitalized software costs while $3.0 million was capitalized during the three months ended September 30, 2007. Research and development costs as a percentage of revenue decreased to 5.7% during the three months ended September 30, 2008 from 6.3% for the same period in 2007. Research and development expenses are expected to continue at or above current dollar levels.

Interest Income. Interest income for the six months ended September 30, 2008 decreased to $0.7 million compared to $1.4 million in the six months ended September 30, 2007. Interest income decreased in the six months ended September 30, 2008 primarily due a greater proportion of funds invested in short-term U.S Treasuries and money market accounts which earned lower interest rates as compared to the prior year.

36



Our investment policy is determined by our Board of Directors. We currently maintain our cash in liquid short term assets including money market funds and auction rate securities with maturities or interest reset dates of 35 days or less. Our Board of Directors continues to review alternate uses for our cash including, but not limited to, payment of a special dividend, initiation of a stock buy back program, an expansion of our investment policy to include investments with longer maturities of greater than 90 days, or other items. Additionally, it is possible that we will utilize some or all of our cash to fund acquisitions or other similar business activities. Any or all of these programs could significantly impact our investment income in future periods.

Provision for Income Taxes. The provision for income taxes for the six months ended September 30, 2008 was approximately $12.9 million as compared to approximately $10.3 million for the year ago period. The effective tax rates for the six months ended September 30, 2008 was 37.3% and for the six months ended September 30 2007 was 36.9%. The provision for income taxes for the six months ended September 30, 2008 was impacted by the expiration of the Federal research and development tax credit statute which occurred in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008 and not extended until October 2, 2008 so therefore, was not included in the current quarter provision.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The following table presents selected financial statistics and information as of and for each of the six months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six months ended September 30,

 

 

 



 

 

2008

 

2007

 


Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

67,880

 

$

26,920

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents during the six month period

 

$

8,834

 

$

(33,108

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income during the six month period

 

$

21,613

 

$

17,612

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operations during the six month period

 

$

15,403

 

$

19,227

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of days of sales outstanding at start of the period

 

 

136

 

 

129

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of days of sales outstanding at the end of the period

 

 

140

 

 

138

 

Cash Flow from Operating Activities

Cash provided by operations has historically been our primary source of cash and has primarily been driven by our net income and secondarily by non-cash expenses including depreciation, amortization of capitalized software and other intangible assets, provisions for bad debts, net deferred income taxes and stock option expenses.

The following table summarizes our statement of cash flows for the six month period ended September 30, 2008 and 2007:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six months ended September 30,

 

 

 



 

 

2008

 

2007

 


Net income

 

$

21,613

 

$

17,612

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-cash expenses

 

 

7,171

 

 

4,805

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in deferred revenue

 

 

1,210

 

 

488

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in accounts receivable

 

 

(12,403

)

 

(4,649

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in other assets and liabilities

 

 

(2,187

)

 

971

 

 

 



 



 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

15,404

 

$

19,227

 

 

 



 



 

Net Income

As referenced in the above table, net income makes up the majority of our cash generated from operations for the six month period ended September 30, 2008 and 2007. Our NextGen Division’s

37



contribution to net income has increased each year due to that division’s operating income increasing more quickly than operating income of the Company as a whole.

Non-Cash expenses

For the six months ended September 30, 2008, non-cash expenses primarily include $1.3 million of depreciation, $2.5 million of amortization of capitalized software and $1.1 million of stock option compensation expenses. Total non-cash expense was approximately $7.2 million and $4.8 million for the six month periods ended September 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Deferred Revenue

Cash from operations benefited from increases in deferred revenue primarily due to an increase in the volume of implementation and maintenance services invoiced by the NextGen Division which had not yet been rendered or recognized as revenue, but for which cash was received. Deferred revenue grew by approximately $1.2 million in the six month period ending September 30, 2008 versus $0.5 million in the prior year period.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable grew by approximately $12.4 million and $4.6 million in the six month periods ending September 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The increase in accounts receivable is due to the following factors:

 

 

§

NextGen Division revenue grew 33.9% and 20.6% on a year-over-year basis, in the six month periods ended September 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively;

 

 

§

The NextGen Division constituted a larger percentage of our receivables at September 30, 2008 compared to March, 2007. Turnover of accounts receivable in the NextGen Division is slower than the QSI Division due to the fact that the majority of the QSI Division’s revenue is derived from maintenance and EDI services which typically have shorter payment terms than systems sales related revenue which historically have accounted for a major portion of NextGen Division sales;

 

 

§

The HSI acquisition added approximately $2.5 million of accounts receivable as of September 30, 2008; and

 

 

§

We experienced an increase in the volume of undelivered services billed in advance by the NextGen Division which were unpaid as of the end of each period and included in accounts receivable. This resulted in an increase in both deferred revenue and accounts receivable of approximately $4.6 and $0.2 million in the six month period ended September 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

The turnover of accounts receivable measured in terms of days sales outstanding (DSO) increased from 138 days to 140 days during the six month period ended September 30, 2008, due, in part, to the above mentioned factors. If amounts included in both accounts receivable and deferred revenue were netted, the Company’s turnover of accounts receivable expressed as DSO would be 93 days as of September 30, 2008 and 90 days as of September 30, 2007, respectively. Provided turnover of accounts receivable, deferred revenue, and profitability remain consistent with the six months ended September 30, 2008, we anticipate being able to continue to generate cash from operations during fiscal 2009 primarily from the net income of the Company.

Cash flows from investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities for the six months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007 was $4.3 million and $50.2 million, respectively. The increase in cash used in investing activities is a result of the Company’s acquisition of HSI which included a payment of $8.2 million. This use of cash was offset by sales of short-term investments in ARS of approximately $8.6 million. As discussed above, these ARS are classified as short-term or long-term investments on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. In addition to acquisition and sales of marketable securities, net cash used in investing activities for the six months ended September 30, 2008 consisted of additions to equipment and improvements and capitalized software. Net cash used in investing activities for the six months ended September 30, 2007 consisted of additions to equipment and improvements and capitalized software and purchases of marketable securities of $46.0 million.

Cash flows from financing activities

During the six months ended September 30, 2008, we received proceeds of $10.8 million from the exercise of stock options, recorded a reduction in income tax liability of $3.0 million and paid dividends totaling $13.9 million. In addition, we made loan payments of $2.3 million related to the debt assumed in the HSI acquisition.

Cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities

At September 30, 2008, we had cash and cash equivalents of $67.9 million and marketable securities of $12.7 million. We intend to expend some of these funds for the development of

38



products complementary to our existing product line as well as new versions of certain of our products. These developments are intended to take advantage of more powerful technologies and to increase the integration of our products. We have no additional significant current capital commitments.

On May 29, 2008, the Board approved a quarterly cash dividend of $0.25 per share on our outstanding shares of common stock, payable to shareholders of record as of March 15, 2008 with a distribution date on or about July 1, 2008.

On August 4, 2008, the Board approved a quarterly cash dividend of $0.30 per share on our outstanding shares of common stock, payable to shareholders of record as of September 15, 2008 with an expected distribution date on or about October 1, 2008.

On October 30, 2008, the Board approved a quarterly cash dividend of $0.30 per share on our outstanding shares of common stock, payable to shareholders of record as of December 15, 2008 with an expected distribution date on or about January 5, 2009.

Management believes that its cash and cash equivalents on hand at September 30, 2008, together with its marketable securities and cash flows from operations, if any, will be sufficient to meet its working capital and capital expenditure requirements as well as any dividends paid in the ordinary course of business for the balance of fiscal 2009.

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations at September 30, 2008, and the effect that such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash in future periods:

 

 

 

 

 

Contractual Obligations – Non-cancelable lease obligations

 

(in thousands)

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ending March 31,

 

 

 

 

2009

 

$

3,674

 

2010

 

$

3,744

 

2011

 

$

3,561

 

2012

 

$

1,716

 

2013 and beyond

 

$

942

 

 

 



 

 

 

$

13,637

 

 

 



 

New Accounting Pronouncements

In October 2008, the FASB issued FSP SFAS No. 157-3, “Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When The Market for That Asset Is Not Active”, or FSP 157-3, to clarify the application of the provisions of SFAS 157 in an inactive market and how an entity would determine fair value in an inactive market. FSP 157-3 is effective immediately and applies to the Company’s September 30, 2008 consolidated financial statements.

In June 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. Emerging Issue Task Force (“EITF”) 03-6-1, “Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities”. FSP No. EITF 03-6-1 concluded that unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and shall be included in the computation of basic earnings per share (“EPS”) pursuant to the two-class method. This FSP becomes effective on April 1, 2009. Early adoption of the FSP is not permitted; however, it will apply retrospectively to EPS data for all periods presented in the financial statements or in financial data. We do not currently anticipate that this FSP will have a material impact on our EPS data in fiscal year 2010 or on EPS for any prior periods presented in the financial data upon adoption.

In May 2008, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 162, “The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (SFAS 162)”.SFAS 162 defines the order in which accounting principles that are generally accepted should be followed. SFAS 162 is effective 60 days following the SEC’s approval of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) amendments to AU Section 411, The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 162 to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In April 2008, the FASB finalized Staff Position (FSP) No. 142-3, “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets”. The position amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under FASB SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. The position applies to intangible assets that are acquired individually or with a group of other assets

39



and both intangible assets acquired in business combinations and asset acquisitions. FSP 142-3 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Management is currently evaluating the impact of the pending adoption of FSP 142-3 on the consolidated financial statements.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (Revised 2007), “Business Combinations” (SFAS 141R). SFAS 141(R) retains the fundamental requirements of the original pronouncement requiring that the purchase method be used for all business combinations. SFAS 141(R) defines the acquirer as the entity that obtains control of one or more businesses in the business combination, establishes the acquisition date as the date that the acquirer achieves control and requires the acquirer to recognize the assets acquired, liabilities assumed and any noncontrolling interest at their fair values as of the acquisition date. In addition, SFAS 141(R) requires expensing of acquisition-related and restructure-related costs, remeasurement of earn out provisions at fair value, measurement of equity securities issued for purchase at the date of close of the transaction and non-expensing of in-process research and development related intangibles. SFAS 141(R) applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. An entity may not apply it before that date. This pronouncement will be applied by the Company when it becomes effective and when or if the Company effectuates a business combination post adoption, otherwise there is no impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

 

Item 3.

Quantitative and qualitative disclosure about market risks

We maintain investments in tax exempt municipal Auction Rate Securities (ARS) which are classified as current and non-current marketable securities on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. A small portion of the Company’s portfolio is invested in closed-end funds which invest in tax exempt municipal auction rate securities. These instruments are known as Auction Rate Preferred Securities (ARPS). At September 30, 2008, we had approximately $12.7 million of ARS and ARPS on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. The ARS and ARPS are rated by one or more national rating agencies and have contractual terms of up to 30 years, but generally have interest rate reset dates that occur every 7, 28 or 35 days.

Despite the underlying long-term maturity of ARS, such securities were priced and subsequently traded as short-term investments because of the interest rate reset feature. If there are insufficient buyers, the auction is said to “fail” and the holders are unable to liquidate the investments through auction. A failed auction does not result in a default of the debt instrument. The securities will continue to accrue interest and be auctioned until the auction succeeds, the issuer calls the securities, or the securities mature. In February 2008, the Company began to experience failed auctions on its ARS and ARPS. To determine their estimated fair values at September 30, 2008, factors including credit quality, the likelihood of redemption, and yields or spreads of fixed rate municipal bonds or other trading instruments issued by the same or comparable issuers were considered. Based on these factors, a temporary impairment, net of tax, of $994 was recorded to accumulated other comprehensive loss in the accompanying consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2008. If the Company sells any of the ARS, prior to maturity, at an amount below original purchase value, or if it becomes probable that the Company will not receive 100% of the principal and interest from the issuer as to any of the ARS, the Company will be required to recognize an other-than-temporary impairment charge against net income. Based on our ability to access our cash and other short-term investments, our expected operating cash flows, and our other sources of cash, we do not anticipate the current lack of liquidity on these investments to have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operation.

 

 

Item 4.

Controls and Procedures

The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer (our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, respectively) conducted an evaluation of the design and operation of our “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”)). Based on their evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as of September 30, 2008, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures result in the effective recordation, processing, summarization and reporting of information that is required to be disclosed in the reports that we file under the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder.

During the quarter ended September 30, 2008, no significant changes have occurred in our “internal controls over financial reporting” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our financial reporting function. We are performing ongoing evaluations and enhancements to our internal controls system.

40



PART II

OTHER INFORMATION

 

 

Item 1.

Legal Proceedings.


None.

 

 

 

Item 1A.

Risk Factors.


None.

 

 

 

Item 2.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds.


None.

 

 

 

Item 3.

Defaults Upon Senior Securities.


None.

 

 

 

Item 4.

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Securities Holders.

On September 4, 2008 we held our annual shareholders meeting at which our shareholders elected our current Board and voted on a proposed amendment to our Bylaws. The results of the shareholder vote are set forth in our Current Report on Form 8-K which we filed with the SEC on September 11, 2008.

 

 

Item 5.

Other Information.

We have experienced legal claims by parties asserting that we have infringed their intellectual property rights. We believe that these claims are without merit and intend to defend against them vigorously; however, we could incur substantial costs and diversion of management resources defending any infringement claim – even if we are ultimately successful in the defense of such matter. Litigation is inherently uncertain and always difficult to predict. We refer you to the discussion of infringement and litigation risks in our Risk Factors section of our annual report on Form 10-K.

 

 

Item 6.

Exhibits.

Exhibits:

 

 

10.1

Agreement and Plan of Merger dated October 15, 2008 by and among (i) Quality Systems, Inc. (ii) NextGen Healthcare Information Systems, Inc. (iii) Ruth Merger Sub, Inc. (iv) Practice Management Partners, Inc. and (v) certain shareholders set forth therein.

 

 

31.1

Certifications of Chief Executive Officer Required by Rule 13a-14 (a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

31.2

Certifications of Chief Financial Officer Required by Rule 13a-14 (a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

32.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

41



SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, we have duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

 

 

 

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

November 4, 2008

By:

   /s/ Steven Plochocki

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

Steven Plochocki

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

November 4, 2008

By:

   /s/ Paul Holt

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

Paul Holt

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer; Principal Accounting Officer

 

42


EX-10.1 2 d75213_ex10-1.htm AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

 

EXECUTION DRAFT

 

 

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

BY AND AMONG

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

NEXTGEN HEALTHCARE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC.

RUTH MERGER SUB, INC.

AND

PRACTICE MANAGEMENT PARTNERS, INC.

 

PERRY SNYDER

 

AND

 

DONALD GOOD

October 15, 2008

 


 

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Page

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

i

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

1

ARTICLE I THE MERGER

1

 

1.1

The Merger

1

 

1.2

The Closing

1

 

1.3

Actions at the Closing

1

 

1.4

Additional Action

2

 

1.5

Conversion of Shares and Options

6

 

1.6

Closing Amount Adjustments

7

 

1.7

Earnout Payments

7

 

1.8

Dissenting Shares

12

 

1.9

Escrow

12

 

1.10

Articles of Incorporation and By-laws

13

 

1.11

No Further Rights

14

 

1.12

Stockholder Releases

14

 

1.13

Company Closing Expenses

14

 

1.14

Appointment of Stockholder Representatives

14

 

 

ARTICLE II REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE INDEMNIFYING STOCKHOLDERS

14

 

2.1

Organization, Qualification and Corporate Power

15

 

2.2

Capitalization

15

 

2.3

Authorization of Transaction

20

 

2.4

Noncontravention

20

 

2.5

Subsidiaries

20

 

2.6

Financial Statements

20

 

2.7

Absence of Certain Changes

21

 

2.8

Undisclosed Liabilities

22

 

2.9

Taxes

22

 

2.10

Assets

25

 

2.11

Owned Real Property

26

 

2.12

Real Property Leases

26

 

2.13

Intellectual Property

26

 

2.14

Contracts

28

 

2.15

Accounts Receivable

30

 

2.16

Powers of Attorney

30

 

2.17

Insurance

30

 

2.18

Litigation

31

 

2.19

Warranties

31

 

2.20

Employees

31

 

 

i

 

 


 

2.21

Employee Benefits

31

 

2.22

Environmental Matters

35

 

2.23

Legal Compliance

35

 

2.24

Customers and Suppliers

36

 

2.25

Permits

36

 

2.26

Certain Business Relationships With Affiliates

36

 

2.27

Brokers’ Fees

36

 

2.28

Books and Records

36

 

2.29

Compliance with Healthcare Laws and Regulations

37

 

2.30

Disclosure

38

 

 

ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PARENT

35

 

3.1

Organization and Corporate Power

35

 

3.2

Authorization of Transaction

38

 

3.3

Noncontravention

36

 

3.4

Litigation

36

 

3.5

Disclosure

39

 

3.6

Valid Issuance of Shares

39

 

3.7

SEC Filings

39

 

3.8

Material Adverse Change

40

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PARENT AND MERGER SUB REGARDING MERGER SUB

37

 

4.1

Organization and Corporate Power

37

 

4.2

Authorization of Transaction

38

 

4.3

Noncontravention

38

 

4.4

Litigation

41

 

4.5

Disclosure

38

 

 

ARTICLE V PRE-CLOSING AND POST-CLOSING COVENANTS

39

 

5.1

Closing Efforts

41

 

5.2

Governmental and Third-Party Notices and Consents

42

 

5.3

Operation of Business

42

 

5.4

Access to Information

43

 

5.5

Notice of Breaches

44

 

5.6

Exclusivity

44

 

5.7

Expenses

45

 

5.8

Proprietary Information

45

 

5.9

Stockholder Approval

45

 

5.10

Confidentiality

46

 

5.11

Employee Benefit Plans

46

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI CONDITIONS TO CONSUMMATION OF MERGER

46

 

6.1

Conditions to Obligations of the Parent and Merger Sub

46

 

6.2

Conditions to Obligations of the Company

48

 

 

ii

 

 


 

 

ARTICLE VII INDEMNIFICATION

49

 

7.1

Indemnification by the Constituents

49

 

7.2

Indemnification by the Parent

50

 

7.3

Indemnification Claims

50

 

7.4

Survival of Representations and Warranties

53

 

7.5

Treatment of Indemnity Payments

53

 

7.6

Limitations

53

 

 

ARTICLE VIII TAX MATTERS

55

 

8.1

Tax Indemnification.

55

 

8.2

Preparation and Filing of Tax Returns; Payment of Taxes.

55

 

8.3

Audits, Assessments, Etc.

56

 

8.4

Termination of Tax Sharing Agreements

56

 

8.5

Indemnification Claims

56

 

8.6

Dispute Resolution

57

 

8.7

Limitations

57

 

 

ARTICLE IX TERMINATION

57

 

9.1

Termination of Agreement

57

 

9.2

Effect of Termination

58

 

 

ARTICLE X DEFINITIONS

58

 

 

ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS

13

 

11.1

Press Releases and Announcements

72

 

11.2

No Third Party Beneficiaries

72

 

11.3

Entire Agreement

72

 

11.4

Succession and Assignment

72

 

11.5

Counterparts and Facsimile Signature

72

 

11.6

Headings

72

 

11.7

Notices

72

 

11.8

Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction and Venue

73

 

11.9

Amendments and Waivers

74

 

11.10

Severability

74

 

11.11

Construction

74

 

11.12

Attorneys’ Fees

75

 

 

 

 

Disclosure Schedule

Exhibit A –

Stockholder Transmittal Letter

Exhibit B –

Option Termination Agreements

Exhibit C –

Adjusted Forecast and Calculation of Final Revised Cumulative Price

Exhibit D –

Calculations of Assumed Distributions to Constituents

Exhibit E –

Accounting Policies

Exhibit F –

Escrow Agreement

Exhibit G –

Form of Legal Opinion of the Company’s Counsel

Exhibit H –

Confidential Investor Questionnaire

Exhibit I –

Executed Confidentiality Agreement dated September 3, 2008

 

 

 

iii

 

 


 

Exhibit J –   Form A of Parent Option Agreement
Exhibit K –  Form B of Parent Option Agreement
Exhibit L –  Form of Registration Rights Agreement

 

 

iv

 

 


 

 

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

This Agreement and Plan of Merger (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of October 15, 2008 by and among (i) QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC., a California corporation (the “Parent”), (ii) NEXTGEN HEALTHCARE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC., a California corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Parent (“NextGen”) (iii) RUTH MERGER SUB, INC., a Maryland corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of NextGen (the “Merger Sub”), (iv) PRACTICE MANAGEMENT PARTNERS, INC., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and (v) PERRY SNYDER and DONALD GOOD (each an “Indemnifying Stockholder” and collectively, the “Indemnifying Stockholders”).

This Agreement contemplates a merger of the Merger Sub with and into the Company. In such merger, the Constituents will receive cash and shares of Parent’s common stock in exchange for their capital stock or options to purchase capital stock of the Company. Unless otherwise defined herein or the context clearly requires otherwise, capitalized terms used herein shall have the respective meanings set forth in Article X hereof.

Now, therefore, in consideration of the representations, warranties and covenants herein contained, the Parties agree as follows.

ARTICLE I

THE MERGER

1.1The Merger. Upon and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Merger Sub shall merge with and into the Company at the Effective Time. From and after the Effective Time, the separate corporate existence of the Merger Sub shall cease and the Company shall continue as the Surviving Corporation. The Merger shall have the effects set forth in Section 3-114 of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”).

1.2       The Closing. The Closing shall take place at the offices of Whiteford, Taylor & Preston L.L.P. in Baltimore, Maryland, or at such other place as the Parties may mutually agree in writing, commencing at 10:00 a.m. local time on the second Business Day following the date on which the last of the conditions set forth in Article VI have been satisfied or waived (other than conditions that may only be satisfied on the Closing date, but subject to satisfaction of such conditions) or on such other date as the Parent and the Company may mutually agree in writing (the “Closing Date”).

 

1.3

Actions at the Closing.

 

(a)

At the Closing:

(i)        the Company shall deliver to the Parent the various certificates, instruments and documents referred to in Section 6.1 of this Agreement;

(ii)       the Parent and/or Merger Sub shall deliver to the Company the various certificates, instruments and documents referred to in Section 6.2 of this Agreement;

 

-1-

 

 


 

 

(iii)     the Surviving Corporation and the Merger Sub shall file with the Maryland State Department of Assessments and Taxation the Maryland Articles of Merger; and

(iv)      the Parent, the Stockholder Representatives and the Escrow Agent shall execute and deliver the Escrow Agreement.

(b)       Upon confirmation from the Maryland State Department of Assessments and Taxation that the Maryland Articles of Merger have been filed and accepted:

(i)        each Company Stockholder, other than holders of Dissenting Shares, shall deliver to the Parent for cancellation the certificate(s) representing their Company Shares together with an appropriate letter of transmittal (each, a “Stockholder Transmittal Letter”) substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A;

(ii)       each holder of Options shall deliver to the Parent for cancellation the agreements and/or instruments evidencing his/her Options, together with an acknowledgment of termination thereof, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (collectively the “Option Termination Agreements”);

(iii)      the Parent shall pay by wire transfer the cash portion of the Closing Amount to each Constituent into which such Constituent’s Company Shares or Options, as the case may be, are converted or exchanged pursuant to Section 1.5(a);

(iv)      the Parent shall submit to its transfer agent an order for the issuance of the Parent Shares portion of the Closing Amount to each Constituent into which such Constituent’s Company Shares or Options, as the case may be, are converted or exchanged pursuant to Section 1.5(a);

(v)       the Parent shall deposit the Escrow Amount with the Escrow Agent in accordance with Section 1.9; and

(vi)      the Parent shall pay in full the Company debt listed in Section 1.3(b)(vi) of the Disclosure Schedule pursuant to the payoff letters (or other similar authorizations or demands) from such lenders.

1.4       Additional Action. The Surviving Corporation may, at any time after the Effective Time, take any action, including executing and delivering any document, in the name and on behalf of the Company or the Merger Sub, in order to consummate the series of transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

1.5       Conversion of Shares and Options. At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and the Option Termination Agreements without any further action on the part of any Party or the holder of any of the Company Shares or the holder of any Option:

(a)       Each Company Share (other than Dissenting Shares) and Option shall be converted, in accordance with the formula set forth in Exhibit C attached hereto, into the right to receive a portion (which may, in the case of some Options, be zero) of the Aggregate Transaction Consideration which shall be payable at any time in which a portion of the Aggregate

 

-2-

 

 


 

 

Transaction Consideration is distributed to the Constituents in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or the Escrow Agreement (each a “Payment Date”) as follows:

(i)        to each Company Stockholder for each Company Share held by him, her or it as of the Effective Time (other than Dissenting Shares), an amount of cash or Parent Shares, as the case may be, equal to the Final Revised Cumulative Price minus any amounts previously paid to such Company Stockholder for such Company Share pursuant to this Section 1.5(a); provided, however, that for purposes of this Section 1.5(a)(i), Parent Shares shall be valued using the Share Valuation Method; and

(ii)       to each holder of an In-the-Money-Option, for each In-the-Money-Option held by such holder, an amount of cash or Parent Shares, as the case may be, equal to the product of (a) the Final Revised Cumulative Price, and (b) the number of Company Shares issuable upon exercise of the In-the-Money-Option held by such holder, minus (y) the aggregate exercise price for such In-the-Money Options, minus (z) any amounts previously paid for such In-the-Money-Options pursuant to this Section 1.5(a) (ignoring any reductions required for tax withholding); provided, however, that for purposes of this Section 1.5(a)(ii), Parent Shares shall be valued using the Share Valuation Method;

(b)       Whenever cash payments are due by the Parent under this Agreement, Parent shall pay, or such funds shall be released from the Escrow Account and transferred, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Constituents, the amount determined in accordance with the preceding provisions of Section 1.5(a).

(c)       Each share of common stock, $0.01 par value per share of the Merger Sub issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into and thereafter evidence one share of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Surviving Corporation.

(d)       No certificates or scrip representing fractional shares of Parent Shares shall be issued as part of any amount of the Aggregate Transaction Consideration that a Constituent has a right to receive. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event a Constituent would otherwise have been entitled to receive a fraction of a share of Parent Shares such fraction shall be rounded up or down to the nearest whole share.

(e)       For illustrative purposes only, a spreadsheet prepared by Indemnifying Stockholders showing the calculations for the assumed distributions to each Constituent is set forth on Exhibit D attached hereto.

 

1.6

Closing Amount Adjustments.

 

(a)

Estimated Net Debt Adjustment.

(i)        The cash portion of the Closing Amount will be adjusted by the amount, if any, by which the Net Debt as of the Closing is lesser or greater than One Million Eight Hundred Thirty-Four Thousand Four Hundred Nineteen Dollars ($1,834,419) (the “Target Net Debt”).

 

-3-

 

 


 

 

(ii)       Two Business Days before the Closing Date, the Stockholder Representatives will deliver to Parent a certificate setting forth, as of the date thereof, an estimate of the amount of Cash and Debt expected as of the Closing Date (on a pro forma basis giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement). The amount of Debt will be itemized by creditor, with supporting detail, and the amount of Cash will specify cash on hand and each cash equivalent, with supporting detail. If the amount of estimated Net Debt as of the Closing Date (the “Estimated Net Debt”) is less than the Target Net Debt, the cash portion of the Closing Amount will be increased by an amount equal to such shortfall, and if the Estimated Net Debt is greater than the Target Net Debt, the cash portion of the Closing Amount will be reduced by an amount equal to such excess (the amount of such increase or decrease shall be referred to as the “Estimated Net Debt Adjustment”).

 

(b)

Estimated Working Capital Adjustment  

(i)        The cash portion of the Closing Amount will be adjusted by the amount by which Closing Date Working Capital is greater or less than One Million Three Hundred Seventy-Five Thousand Four Hundred Fifty-Four ($1,375,454) (the “Target Working Capital”).

(ii)       Two Business Days before the Closing Date, the Stockholder Representatives will deliver to Parent a certificate setting forth, as of the date thereof, an estimate of the Closing Date Working Capital (the “Estimated Working Capital”), with supporting detail. If the Closing Date Working Capital set forth in such certificate is greater than the Target Working Capital, the cash portion of the Closing Amount will be increased by such excess and if the Closing Date Working Capital set forth in such certificate is less than the Target Working Capital, the cash portion of the Closing Amount will be decreased by such shortfall (the amount of such increase or decrease shall be referred to as the “Estimated Working Capital Adjustment”).

(c)       Closing Amount Adjustment. Within five (5) Business Days after the final determination of the Final Balance Sheet pursuant to Section 1.6(d) of this Agreement, the cash portion of the Closing Amount will be adjusted (the amount of any such adjustment, the “Closing Amount Adjustment”) and the Parent or the Constituents, as the case may be, will make whatever payments to each other as are necessary, if any, such that the Closing Amount is what it would have been had (i) the Estimated Net Debt equaled the Net Debt reflected on such Final Balance Sheet; and (ii) the Estimated Working Capital equaled the Closing Date Working Capital reflected on such Final Balance Sheet. Parent will pay any amount due to the Constituents by wire transfer in immediately available funds to each of the Constituents in an amount equal to the portion of the Closing Amount into which his or her Company Shares or Options, as the case may be, are converted or exchanged pursuant to Section 1.5(a). In the event a Closing Amount Adjustment is due to the Parent hereunder, the amount shall be disbursed (i) from the Escrow Amount, (ii) to the extent the Escrow Amount is insufficient to pay in full such Closing Amount Adjustment, then from any other amounts of the Aggregate Transaction Consideration payable to the Constituents hereunder, whether by right of setoff or otherwise, or (iii) if amounts payable hereunder are not sufficient, upon demand by Parent, from the Indemnifying Stockholders on a several basis based on their respective Pro Rata Share.

 

-4-

 

 


 

 

(d)       Adjustment Procedures. The adjustments described in Section 1.6(c) will be determined as follows:

(i)        Within sixty (60) days after the Closing Date, the Parent shall prepare, in accordance with GAAP, and deliver to the Stockholder Representatives a balance sheet of the Company as of the Closing Date (the “Final Balance Sheet”). The Parties acknowledge and agree that for purposes of determining the Closing Amount Adjustment pursuant to this Section 1.6(d)(i) the Final Balance Sheet shall be prepared on a basis consistent with and utilizing the same principles, practices and policies of the Company, as those used in preparing the Most Recent Balance Sheet, subject to the Accounting Policies. The Parties acknowledge and agree that the items listed on Section 1.6(d)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule shall be taken into account in calculating Net Debt and Closing Date Working Capital for the pre-closing estimates and on the Final Balance Sheet.

(ii)       The Stockholder Representatives and any professionals chosen by them shall have the right to review the Surviving Corporation’s books and records relating to, and the work papers of the Parent and its advisors utilized in, preparing the Final Balance Sheet. The Final Balance Sheet shall be binding for purposes of the Closing Amount Adjustment unless the Stockholder Representatives present to the Parent within 15 Business Days after receipt of the Final Balance Sheet from the Parent written notice of disagreement specifying in reasonable detail the nature and extent of the disagreement.

(iii)      If the Stockholder Representatives deliver a timely notice of disagreement, the Parent and the Stockholder Representatives shall attempt in good faith during the thirty (30) days immediately following the Parent’s receipt of timely notice of disagreement to resolve any disagreement with respect to the Final Balance Sheet. If, at the conclusion of such 30-day period, the Parent and the Stockholder Representatives have not resolved their disagreements regarding the Final Balance Sheet, the Parent and the Stockholder Representatives shall refer the items of disagreement for final determination to the Philadelphia office of a regional accounting firm which is mutually acceptable to the Parent and the Stockholder Representatives (the “Accountants”). However, if the Parent and Stockholder Representatives are unable to agree on such a firm which is willing to so serve, the Parent shall deliver to the Stockholder Representatives a list of two independent regional accounting firms that are not auditors, tax advisors or other consultants to the Parent, the Company or the Stockholder Representatives, and the Stockholder Representatives shall select one of such two firms to be the Accountants within five (5) Business Days. The parties will be reasonably available for such firm, and shall instruct such firm to render a final determination within the 20 days immediately following the referral to the Accountants. The Final Balance Sheet shall be deemed to be conclusive and binding on the Parent and the Constituents upon (A) the failure of the Stockholder Representatives to deliver to the Parent a notice of disagreement within 15 Business Days of their receipt of the Final Balance Sheet prepared by the Parent, (B) resolution of any disagreement by mutual agreement of the Parent and the Stockholder Representatives after a timely notice of disagreement has been delivered to the Parent, or (C) notification by the Accountants of their final determination of the items of disagreement submitted to them.

(e)       The fees and disbursements of the Accountants under Section 1.6(d) shall be borne exclusively by the Constituents unless the adjustments to the Final Balance Sheet

 

-5-

 

 


 

 

resulting from the Stockholder Representatives’ notice of disagreement caused an increase in the Closing Amount Adjustment in favor of the Constituents in excess of one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), in which case such fees and disbursements shall be borne exclusively by the Parent. In the event the Constituents are obligated to pay the fees and disbursements of the Accountants hereunder, such amounts shall be disbursed (i) from the Escrow Amount, (ii) to the extent the Escrow Amount is insufficient to pay in full such fees and disbursements, then from any other amounts of the Aggregate Transaction Consideration payable to the Constituents hereunder, whether by right of setoff or otherwise, or (iii) if amounts payable hereunder are not sufficient, upon demand by Parent, from the Indemnifying Stockholders.

 

1.7

Earnout Payments.

(a)       The Constituents shall be eligible to receive earnout consideration up to a maximum of three million dollars ($3,000,000) for all such earnout payments, based on the performance of the Surviving Corporation following the Closing as set forth in this Section 1.7.

(i)        For the period beginning immediately after the Closing and ending on the first anniversary of the Closing (the “First Earnout Period”), the Constituents shall receive $3 for every $1 of Post-Closing Net Income in excess of one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Adjusted Forecast for such First Earnout Period (the “First Earnout Period Payment”).

(ii)        For the period beginning on the day after the first anniversary of the Closing and ending on the second anniversary of the Closing (the “Second Earnout Period”), the Constituents shall receive $3 for every $1 of Post-Closing Net Income in excess of one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Adjusted Forecast for such Second Earnout Period until the Post-Closing Net Income results in an aggregate of $1.5 million of earnout consideration being earned during the Second Earnout Period (such amount of Post-Closing Net Income, the “Second Earnout Threshold”), at which point the amount earned thereafter shall change to $1.50 for every $1 of Post-Closing Net Income in excess of the Second Earnout Threshold for such Second Earnout Period (collectively, the “Second Earnout Period Payment”).

(b)       Earnout amounts shall be calculated promtly after the preparation of the Parent’s financial statements following the accounting period in which the end of such earnout period occurs. The First Earnout Period Payment, if any, shall be deposited with Escrow Agent and made part of the Escrow Amount. The calculation of the amount earned in the First Earnout Period Payment or Second Earnout Period Payment, as the case may be, may be referred to as the “Earnout Payment” for such period. Such Earnout Payments shall be delivered to the Escrow Agent or paid to the Constituents in accordance with Section 1.5(a), as the case may be, within the later of (i) ninety (90) days after the Parent’s delivery to the Stockholder Representatives of the applicable Earnout Certificate, or (ii) if disputed pursuant to Section 1.7(f) below, ten (10) Business Days after final determination of the applicable Earnout Payment pursuant to the provisions of Section 1.7(f).

 

(c)

[intentionally omitted]

(d)       In no case shall the aggregate amounts paid pursuant to this Section 1.7 exceed $3 million.

 

-6-

 

 


 

 

(e)       As soon as reasonably practicable following Parent’s determination of the Earnout Payment for each of the First Earnout Period and Second Earnout Period (but in no event prior to the date the Parent’s financial statements for the periods to which such Earnout Payments relate have been publicly disclosed by Parent), Parent will deliver to the Stockholder Representatives (i) a statement that includes each element of the calculation of the Earnout Payment; and (ii) a certificate of the Parent’s Chief Financial Officer certifying on behalf of the Parent that the calculation of the Earnout Payment was made in accordance with the terms of this Section 1.7 (such statement and certificate being referred to as the “Earnout Certificate”). The Stockholder Representatives and their professional advisors will be given reasonable access to only those books and records of the Surviving Corporation that are necessary to confirm the calculation of the Earnout Payment. All information obtained by the Stockholder Representatives shall be deemed to be confidential information of the Parent subject to the restrictions of the Confidentiality Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit I.

 

 

(f)

Dispute Resolution.

(i)        The amount of the Earnout Payment for each of the First Earnout Period and Second Earnout Period set forth in the Earnout Certificate shall be binding on the Constituents unless the Stockholder Representatives present to the Parent within sixty (60) days after receipt of the Earnout Certificate written notice of disagreement specifying in reasonable detail the nature and extent of the disagreement. The Parent and the Stockholder Representatives shall attempt in good faith during the thirty (30) days immediately following the Parent’s receipt of the Stockholder Representatives’ timely notice of disagreement to resolve any disagreement with respect to such Earnout Payment.

(ii)       If, at the end of the 30-day period referenced in Section 1.7(f)(i) above, Parent and the Stockholder Representatives have not resolved all disagreements with respect to whether the calculation of the Earnout Payment is in accordance with the terms of Section 1.7 of this Agreement, Parent and the Stockholder Representatives will refer the items of disagreement to the Accountants (selected in accordance with Section 1.6(d)(iii)) for non-binding mediation. The parties will be reasonably available and work diligently to facilitate the mediation of all disputes between the parties within the 30-day period immediately following the referral to the Accountants. The Accountants, Parent and the Stockholder Representatives will enter into such engagement letters as required by the Accountants to perform under this Section 1.7(f)(ii). The fees and disbursements of the Accountants under this Section 1.7(f)(ii) will be deducted from the Earnout Payments (and borne by the Stockholder Representatives if there are no Earnout Payments), unless it is determined that (A) the Earnout Certificate understated the applicable Earnout Payment for the period in question by $100,000 or more or (B) Parent acted in bad faith with respect to such understatement, in either which case such fees and disbursements will be borne exclusively by Parent.

(iii)      If, at the end of the second 30-day period referenced in subsection (ii) above, Parent and the Stockholder Representatives have not resolved all disagreements submitted to the Accountants for mediation with respect to whether the calculation of the Earnout Payment is in accordance with the terms of Section 1.7 of this Agreement, any such remaining disagreement, regardless of the legal theory upon which it is based, will be settled by final, binding arbitration pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act, 9

 

-7-

 

 


 

 

U.S.C. § 1 et seq., in accordance with the applicable rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) in effect at such time, which will be the sole and exclusive procedures for any such disagreement. The arbitration will be heard before a sole neutral arbitrator mutually agreed upon by Parent and the Stockholder Representatives. If Parent and the Stockholder Representatives cannot agree upon such an arbitrator within ten (10) Business Days after the date referenced in the first sentence of this subsection (iii), AAA will appoint an arbitrator with expertise in the general industry of the business engaged in by the Surviving Corporation. All arbitration proceedings will take place in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. If the arbitrator finds in favor of the Constituents, the arbitrator will have no authority to award amounts to the Constituents in excess of the amounts the Constituents would have been entitled to receive for any Earnout Payment in the absence of the actions taken by Parent and determined by the arbitrator to be in violation of Section 1.7. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the arbitrator will have no authority to award any special, punitive, exemplary, consequential, incidental or indirect losses or damages. Judgment upon any award granted in a proceeding brought pursuant to this subsection (iii) may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. Should it become necessary to resort or respond to court proceedings to enforce a Party’s compliance with this Section 1.7(f)(iii), such proceedings will be brought only in the federal or state courts located in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, which will have exclusive jurisdiction to resolve any disputes with respect to this Section 1.7(f)(iii), with each Party irrevocably consenting to the jurisdiction thereof.

 

(g)

Conduct of Business.

(i)        The Constituents understand, acknowledge and agree (as evidenced by, in the case of the Company Stockholders, the adoption of this Agreement and the approval of the Merger by such Company Stockholders and, in the case of the holders of Options, the execution and delivery of the Option Termination Agreements by such holders of Options) that, except as specifically restricted by subsections (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) of this Section 1.7(g), the Parent is entitled to manage and operate the Surviving Corporation and its businesses in its sole and absolute discretion.

(ii)       Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by each of Parent and the Stockholder Representatives in its and their sole discretion, to the extent Parent or an Affiliate of Parent, except through the Surviving Corporation, during the Earnout Periods in the states of Virginia, Maryland, Delaware and the District of Columbia (the “Target Region”): (A) conducts outsourced billing and collections services business, then any increase in net income of the Parent or an Affiliate of Parent attributable to new business generated in the Target Region shall be credited to the Surviving Corporation for purposes of Section 1.7(a) hereof; or (B) acquires or combines with any Acquired Person that conducts outsourced billing and collections services business, then any increase in net income of the Acquired Person attributable to new business generated in the Target Region after the closing of such acquisition or combination over the net income of the Acquired Person in the Target Region prior to such closing shall be credited to the Surviving Corporation for purposes of Section 1.7(a) hereof. To the extent that Parent or an Affiliate of Parent requires the Surviving Corporation to manage or operate (A) a business or (B) another Affiliate that operates outside of the Target Region, any increase in net income of the Parent or such Affiliate of Parent attributable to such managed or operated business or other Affiliate shall be credited to the Surviving Corporation for purposes of Section 1.7(a) hereof.

 

-8-

 

 


 

 

Net income generated from business in the Target Region or from the acquisition or combination with any Acquired Person shall be determined in accordance with the principles outlined in this Agreement, where applicable.

(iii)      Notwithstanding any other provision herein, (A) without the Surviving Corporation’s prior written consent, Parent will not and will not permit an Acquired Person or any other of Parent’s Affiliates (other than the Surviving Corporation) to solicit any active customers, or identified prospects, of the Surviving Corporation for the provision of services that fall within the scope of the definition of “Business,” and (B) without Parent’s prior written consent, Surviving Corporation will not and will not permit its employees, agents or representatives to solicit any active customers, or identified prospects, of Parent or Parent’s Affiliates (other than the Surviving Corporation) for the provision of services. An “identified prospect” of the Surviving Corporation or of Parent is a potential customer of the Company (pre-Closing) or Surviving Corporation (post-Closing), on the one hand, or Parent or Parent’s Affiliates (other than the Surviving Corporation), on the other hand, to which such party has made a written proposal or solicitation and had face to face contact, in each case within the immediately preceding 120 days from the time in question and (X) as to the Surviving Corporation, has been disclosed by the Company in Section 1.7(g)(iii)(X) of the Disclosure Schedule and, (Y) as to Parent or Parent’s Affiliates (other than the Surviving Corporation), has been disclosed by Parent in Section 1.7(g)(iii)(Y) of the Disclosure Schedule, each of which respective schedules shall be updated by the Surviving Corporation and Parent on a calendar quarter basis until the end of the Second Earnout Period and delivered to the other party (Surviving Corporation or Parent, respectively) in writing within ten (10) business days of the end of each calendar quarter. An “active customer” is a customer to which the Company (pre-Closing) or Surviving Corporation (post-Closing), on the one hand, or Parent or Parent’s Affiliates (other than the Surviving Corporation), on the other hand, has actually provided services within the immediately preceding six (6) months from the time in question.

(iv)      The Parties acknowledge and agree that, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by each of Parent and the Stockholder Representatives, in its and their sole discretion, during the Earnout Periods, Parent will not cause to be operated through the Surviving Corporation any business other than the Business and such other activities, if any, conducted by the Surviving Corporation as of the Closing Date.

(v)       Parent will maintain or cause to be maintained separate or otherwise identifiable (e.g., in the case of a shared general ledger) books and records for the Surviving Corporation at all times during the Earnout Periods in a manner reasonably necessary for the financial statements of the Surviving Corporation to be prepared in accordance with GAAP (and in a manner consistent with the Accounting Policies).

(h)       Acceleration of Earnout Payments. Upon the occurrence of an Acceleration Event at any time prior to the end of the Second Earnout Period, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, automatically and without any further action on the part of Parent, Stockholders Representatives, or any Company Stockholder, the maximum aggregate $3 million amount of Earnout Payments, less any Earnout Payments already paid, will immediately become due and payable to the Constituents. For purposes of illustration only, if an Acceleration Event occurs in the First Earnout Period, then the $3 million

 

-9-

 

 


 

 

maximum earnout amount, less any amounts already paid in the First Earnout Period will be accelerated and payable by the Parent to the Constituents. Parent will give Stockholder Representatives written notice of the occurrence (i) of an Acceleration Event within 48 hours of the occurrence of such Acceleration Event and (ii) of the execution of a definitive agreement for a transaction described in the definition of Acceleration Event within 48 hours of the execution of such definitive agreement. Such accelerated Earnout Payments shall be paid to the Constituents within fifteen (15) days after the Acceleration Event, and as contemplated under Section 1.5.

(i)        Loss of Right to Earnout. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or the subsequently referenced employment agreements, the First Earnout Period Payment and Second Earnout Period Payment otherwise payable to each Constituents that is also a party to an employment agreement pursuant to Article VI hereof shall be permanently forfeited, and the total amount of such earnouts permanently reduced, as follows:

(i)        In the event any Constituent that is a party to an employment agreement pursuant to Article VI hereof shall be terminated for cause or resign without good reason (as such terms are defined in the respective employment agreement to which such Constituent is a party) prior to or on the last day of the First Earnout Period, the entire First Earnout Period Payment that would otherwise be payable to such Constituent shall be permanently forfeited in full and the total First Earnout Period Payment payable to all Constituents shall be reduced by such amount.

(ii)       In the event any Constituent that is a party to an employment agreement pursuant to Article VI hereof shall be terminated for cause or resign without good reason (as such terms are defined in the respective employment agreement to which such Constituent is a party) prior to or on the last day of the Second Earnout Period, the entire Second Earnout Period Payment that would otherwise be payable to such Constituent shall be permanently forfeited in full and the total Second Earnout Period Payment payable to all Constituents shall be reduced by such amount.

 

1.8

Dissenting Shares.

(a)       Dissenting Shares shall not be converted into or represent the right to receive any portion of the Aggregate Transaction Consideration unless such Company Stockholder shall have forfeited his, her or its right to appraisal under the MGCL or properly withdrawn his, her or its demand for appraisal. Until such time, any portion of the Aggregate Transaction Consideration that would have otherwise been payable to such Company Stockholder shall be held in a separate bank account maintained by the Parent (the “Dissenting Share Consideration”). If such Company Stockholder has so forfeited or withdrawn his, her or its right to appraisal of Dissenting Shares, then, (i) as of the occurrence of such event, such holder’s Dissenting Shares shall cease to be Dissenting Shares and shall be converted into and represent the right to receive the Aggregate Transaction Consideration payable in respect of such Company Shares pursuant to Section 1.5, and (ii) promptly following the occurrence of such event, the Parent or the Surviving Corporation shall deliver to such Company Stockholder, a payment representing the Closing Amount to which such holder is entitled pursuant to

 

-10-

 

 


 

 

Section 1.5. Unless otherwise paid to a dissenting Company Stockholder as set forth herein, the Dissenting Share Consideration shall remain the property of the Parent.

(b)       The Company shall give the Parent (i) prompt notice, but in no event later than two (2) days, of any written demands for appraisal of any Company Shares, withdrawals of such demands, and any other instruments that relate to such demands received by the Company and (ii) the opportunity to direct all negotiations and proceedings with respect to demands for appraisal under the MGCL. The Company shall not, except with the prior written consent of the Parent, make any payment with respect to any demands for appraisal of Company Shares or offer to settle or settle any such demands.

(c)       In the event the Parent becomes obligated to make any payment with respect to any demands for appraisal of Company Shares, such payment shall be satisfied first by payment of the Dissenting Share Consideration to the dissenting Company Stockholders. For amounts payable to such Dissenting Company Stockholders in excess of the Dissenting Share Consideration, the Parent shall seek such payment (i) from any amounts of the Aggregate Transaction Consideration payable to the Constituents hereunder (including, but not limited to, the Escrow Amount), whether by right of setoff or otherwise, or (ii) if amounts payable hereunder are not sufficient, upon demand by the Parent, from the Indemnifying Stockholders.

 

1.9

Escrow.

(a)       Escrow Amount to Secure Obligations. On the Closing Date, the Parent or the Merger Sub shall deposit with the Escrow Agent the Escrow Amount. The Escrow Amount shall represent a source of funds to secure the Constituents’ and the Indemnifying Stockholders’ obligations hereunder to the extent the Escrow Amount has not been reduced by operation of Section 1.6, Section 1.8, this Section 1.9 and Articles VII and VIII hereof or in accordance with the Escrow Agreement. The Escrow Amount shall be held by the Escrow Agent under the Escrow Agreement pursuant to the terms thereof. Subject to the release provisions of this Section 1.9, the Escrow Amount shall be held as a trust fund and shall not be subject to any lien, attachment trustee process or any other judicial process of any creditor of any party, and shall be held and disbursed solely for the purposes and in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement.

 

(b)

Release of Escrow Amount to Constituents.

(i)        $1,500,000, or such lesser balance of the Escrow Amount as may then exist, shall be released to the Constituents upon the Company or Surviving Corporation obtaining all of the consents, releases and waivers set forth in Section 1.9(b)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule.

(ii)       Within thirty (30) days after each AR Measuring Date, a portion of the Escrow Amount shall be released in accordance with the following formula:

X = (A / B) * Y

Where:

 

-11-

 

 


 

 

 

X =

the amount of the Escrow Amount to be released.

 

A =

the Closing Accounts Receivable collected during the period beginning on the first day after the previous AR Measuring Date and ending on the AR Measuring Date (or, with respect to the first AR Measuring Date, the period beginning on the first day after the Closing Date and ending on the first AR Measuring Date).

 

B =

the total Closing Accounts Receivable.

 

Y =

the lesser of $1,500,000 or the Escrow Amount then remaining in the Escrow Account.

AR Measuring Date” means the last Business Day of each calendar month after the Closing.

(c)       A portion of the Escrow Amount may be released to the Parent in accordance with Section 1.9(c) of the Disclosure Schedule.

(d)       In accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, a portion of the Escrow Amount equal to the amount of any fees, costs or expenses to Parent or its Affiliates in connection with Parent’s performance under the Registration Rights Agreement shall be released to Parent if and when such fees, costs or expenses are incurred.

(e)       The remaining balance of the Escrow Amount will be released to the Constituents promptly after January 1, 2011 and after any remaining releases of the Escrow Amount that may be due to the Parent are calculated pursuant to Section 1.9(c), 1.9(d), Article VII and Article VIII.

(f)        Any amounts released from the Escrow Account shall be paid to the Constituents in accordance with Section 1.5.

(g)       The adoption of this Agreement and the approval of the Merger by the Company Stockholders shall constitute approval of the Escrow Agreement and of all of the arrangements relating thereto, including the placement of the Escrow Amount in escrow and the appointment of the Stockholder Representatives to act on behalf of the Constituents.

(h)       Whenever any portion of the Escrow Amount is to be released to one or more Constituents, the Stockholder Representatives shall provide to Parent, certified in writing by each of the Stockholder Representatives (“Payment Information Certificate”), a schedule specifying the name, address and taxpayer identification number for each such Constituent and the exact amount and type of Escrow Amount to be disbursed to each such Constituent (“Payment Information”). The preparation of the Payment Information Certificate and the accuracy of the Payment Information set forth thereon shall be the sole and exclusive responsibility of the Stockholder Representatives; provided, however, that Parent shall have the right to review and approve such Payment Information Certificate and Payment Information, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

-12-

 

 


 

 

 

1.10

Articles of Incorporation and By-laws.

(a)       The Articles of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation immediately following the Effective Time shall be the same as the Articles of Incorporation of the Company immediately prior to the Effective Time.

(b)       The By-laws of the Surviving Corporation immediately following the Effective Time shall be the same as the By-laws of the Company immediately prior to the Effective Time.

1.11     No Further Rights. From and after the Effective Time, no Company Shares shall be deemed to be outstanding, and holders of certificates formerly representing Company Shares shall cease to have any rights with respect thereto except as provided herein or by law.

 

1.12

Stockholder Releases.

(a)       Except as set forth in Section 1.12 of the Disclosure Schedule, effective as of the Closing, each Indemnifying Stockholder agrees not to sue and fully releases and discharges the Company, the Surviving Corporation, the Parent and their respective stockholders, directors, officers, assigns and successors, past and present (collectively, “Releasees”), with respect to and from any and all claims, issuances of the Company’s stock, notes or other securities, any demands, rights, liens, contracts, covenants, proceedings, causes of action, obligations, debts, and losses of whatever kind or nature in law, equity or otherwise, whether now known or unknown, and whether or not concealed or hidden, all of which each Indemnifying Stockholder now owns or holds or has at any time owned or held against Releasees connected with or relating to any matter occurring on or prior to the Closing Date. Nothing in this Section 1.12 will be deemed to constitute a release by any Indemnifying Stockholder of any right of such Indemnifying Stockholder under this Agreement or any right to receive compensation or benefits under employee benefit plans attributable to the periods prior to the Closing Date.

(b)       It is the intention of each Indemnifying Stockholder that such release be effective as a bar to each and every claim, demand and cause of action hereinabove specified.

1.13     Company Closing Expenses. At the Closing, subject to Section 5.7, Parent shall cause the payment of the Company Closing Expenses directly to those Persons designated in writing on Section 1.13 of the Disclosure Schedule as being entitled thereto. As soon as reasonably practicable prior to the Closing, the Stockholder Representatives shall designate in writing the amounts payable to such Persons as Company Closing Expenses. The Company and the Stockholder Representatives hereby represent and warrant that there will be no other Company Closing Expenses.

 

1.14

Appointment of Stockholder Representatives.

(a)       Upon the approval of the Merger by the Company Stockholders in accordance with the MGCL, the Company Stockholders will irrevocably make, constitute and appoint up to two representatives to act as the Company Stockholders’ representatives and agents for all purposes under this Agreement (collectively, the “Stockholder Representatives”). In

 

-13-

 

 


 

 

addition, prior to the Effective Time, the Company shall obtain an Option Termination Agreement from each holder of an Option which shall designate and appoint the duly elected Stockholder Representatives (or their successors) as each such holder’s duly appointed Stockholder Representative for all purposes under this Agreement. Upon election of the Stockholder Representatives and upon receipt of the Option Termination Agreement, the Stockholder Representatives will be authorized to execute on behalf of each Constituent any and all documents and agreements referred to herein upon the Closing.

(b)       Should either Stockholder Representative or both Stockholder Representatives resign or be unable to serve, the Constituents having received a majority of the Aggregate Transaction Consideration distributed as of the latest Payment Date shall appoint a single substitute agent to take on the responsibilities of such Stockholder Representative or Stockholder Representatives, whose appointment shall be effective on the date of the prior Stockholders Representative’s resignation or incapacity.

(c)       By way of illustration only, and without limitation, the Stockholder Representatives shall have the authority to (i) execute on behalf of each Constituent, as fully as if the Constituents were acting on their own behalf, any and all documents and agreements referred to herein, including executing this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement as the Constituents’ representative, (ii) give and receive notice or instructions permitted or required under this Agreement or the Escrow Agreement, (iii) authorize the release of the amounts held in the Escrow Fund to pay any Claimed Amount, Closing Amount Adjustment or any other amounts payable out of the Escrow Fund in accordance with this Agreement or (iv) to undertake any actions with respect to the resolution of a Dispute or any disagreement with respect to the amount of any Earnout Payment, including partaking in any dispute resolution process.

(d)       Any notice, direction or communication received by Parent, Merger Sub or the Surviving Corporation from the Stockholder Representatives, or delivered to the Stockholder Representatives by Parent, Merger Sub or the Surviving Corporation, shall be binding upon the Constituents, and each of them. The Stockholder Representatives shall act in all matters on behalf of the Constituents and Parent and Merger Sub and, after the Effective Time, the Surviving Corporation shall be entitled to rely on the actions of the Stockholder Representatives hereunder acting in concert or alone as the actions of the Constituents. Any single Stockholder Representative shall have the authority to bind the Stockholder Representatives as a group and the Parent and its Affiliates shall be entitled to rely on any and all documents signed by any one or more Stockholder Representatives. Parent, Merger Sub and the Surviving Corporation may deliver notices and communications to the Constituents hereunder through the Stockholder Representatives at the address set forth in this Agreement for notices, and such delivery shall be deemed to have been made to any or all of the Constituents. None of Parent, Merger Sub nor the Surviving Company shall pay any costs or expenses incurred by the Stockholder Representatives in carrying out their obligations hereunder. Each of Parent, Merger Sub and the Surviving Corporation consents to the appointment of the Stockholder Representatives to act as described hereunder.

ARTICLE II

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF

THE INDEMNIFYING STOCKHOLDERS

 

-14-

 

 


 

 

Each of the Indemnifying Stockholders, severally, represents and warrants to the Parent that, except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule, the statements contained in this Article II are true and correct as of the date of this Agreement and will be true and correct as of the Closing, except to the extent such representations and warranties are specifically made as of a particular date (in which case such representations and warranties will be true and correct as of such date). The Indemnifying Stockholders shall have the right to supplement and update the Disclosure Schedule to reflect events that have occurred between the date of this Agreement and the Closing and could not have been disclosed at the date of this Agreement; provided, however, that no such supplemental or updated information shall be deemed to avoid or cure any misrepresentation or breach of warranty or constitute an amendment of any breach of representation or warranty made by the Company or any Indemnifying Stockholder as of the date of this Agreement; and provided, further, however, that such right shall not be deemed in any way to waive, modify or amend the condition to Closing set forth in Section 6.1(i) hereof unless the Parent expressly waives the condition in writing. The Disclosure Schedule shall be arranged in sections and subsections corresponding to the numbered and lettered sections and subsections contained in this Article II. The disclosures in any section or subsection of the Disclosure Schedule shall qualify any other sections and subsections in this Article II only to the extent it is clear from a reading of the disclosure and through written cross-reference that such disclosure is applicable to such other sections and subsections.

2.1       Organization, Qualification and Corporate Power. The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Maryland. The Company is duly qualified to conduct business and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction listed in Section 2.1 of the Disclosure Schedule, which jurisdictions constitute the only jurisdictions in which the nature of the Company’s businesses or the ownership or leasing of its properties requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so authorized, qualified or licensed would not result in a Company Material Adverse Effect. The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on the businesses in which it is engaged and to own and use the properties owned and used by it. The Company has furnished to the Parent true, complete and correct copies of its Articles of Incorporation and By-laws. The Company is not in default under or in violation of any provision of its Articles of Incorporation or By-laws.

 

2.2

Capitalization.

(a)       The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of Twelve Million (12,000,000) shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of which, as of the date of this Agreement, Five Million One Hundred Seventy-Five Thousand Four Hundred and Thirty-Five (5,175,435) shares have been issued and are outstanding.

(b)       Section 2.2(b)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and accurate list, as of the date of this Agreement, of the Company Stockholders, showing the number of shares of capital stock, and the class or series of such shares, held by each Company Stockholder. Section 2.2(b)(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule also indicates all outstanding Company Shares that constitute restricted stock or that are otherwise subject to a repurchase or redemption right, indicating the name of the applicable stockholder, the vesting schedule (including any acceleration provisions with respect thereto), and the repurchase price payable by the Company. All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have

 

-15-

 

 


 

 

been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable. All of the issued and outstanding securities of the Company have been offered, issued and sold by the Company in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

(c)       Section 2.2(c) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and accurate list, as of the date of this Agreement of: (i) all Company Stock Plans, indicating for each Company Stock Plan the number of Company Shares issued to date under such Plan, the number of Company Shares subject to outstanding options under such Plan and the number of Company Shares reserved for future issuance under such Plan; (ii) all holders of outstanding Options, indicating with respect to each Option the Company Stock Plan under which it was granted, the number of Company Shares subject to such Option, the exercise price, the date of grant, the expiration date, the vesting schedule (including any acceleration provisions with respect thereto), and whether such Option was intended to qualify as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code; and (iii) all holders of outstanding Warrants, indicating with respect to each Warrant the agreement or other document under which it was granted, the number of shares of capital stock, and the class or series of such shares, subject to such Warrant, the exercise price, the date of issuance and the expiration date thereof. The Company has provided to the Parent complete and accurate copies of all Company Stock Plans, forms of all stock option agreements evidencing Options and all Warrants. All of the shares of capital stock of the Company subject to Options and Warrants will be, upon issuance pursuant to the exercise of such instruments, duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

(d)       Except as set forth in Section 2.2(d)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule, (i) no subscription, warrant, option, convertible security or other right (contingent or otherwise) to purchase or acquire any shares of capital stock of the Company is authorized or outstanding, (ii) the Company has no obligation (contingent or otherwise) to issue any subscription, warrant, option, convertible security or other such right, or to issue or distribute to holders of any shares of its capital stock any evidences of indebtedness or assets of the Company, and (iii) the Company has no obligation (contingent or otherwise) to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of its capital stock or any interest therein or to pay any dividend or to make any other distribution in respect thereof. Except as set forth in Section 2.2(d)(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule, there are no outstanding or authorized stock appreciation, phantom stock or similar rights with respect to the Company.

(e)       Except as set forth in Section 2.2(e) of the Disclosure Schedule, there is no outstanding agreement, written or oral, between the Company and any holder of its securities, or, to the best of the Company’s Knowledge,among any holders of its securities, relating to the sale or transfer (including agreements relating to rights of first refusal, co-sale rights or “drag-along” rights), registration under the Securities Act, or voting, of the capital stock of the Company.

2.3       Authorization of Transaction. The Company has all requisite power, capacity and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. Except as set forth in Section 2.3 of the Disclosure Schedule, the execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, including the Requisite Stockholder Approval. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes a valid and

 

-16-

 

 


 

 

binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except to the extent such enforceability is subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other law affecting or relating to creditors rights generally and general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in proceeding in equity or law).

2.4       Noncontravention. Subject to the filing of the Articles of Merger as required by the MGCL, neither the execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement, nor the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby, will (a) conflict with or violate any provision of the Articles of Incorporation or By-laws of the Company, (b) require on the part of the Company any notice to or filing with, or any permit, authorization, consent or approval of, any Governmental Entity, (c) except as set forth in Section 2.4(c) of the Disclosure Schedule, conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, result in the acceleration of obligations under, create in any party the right to terminate, modify or cancel, or require any notice, consent or waiver under, any contract or instrument of a value in excess of $50,000 per year or duration in excess of 12 months to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound or to which any of their respective assets is subject, (d) result in the imposition of any Security Interest upon any assets of the Company, or (e) violate any order, writ, injunction, decree, statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company or any of its properties or assets.

2.5       Subsidiaries. The Company does not control directly or indirectly or have any direct or indirect equity participation or similar interest in any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other business association or entity.

2.6       Financial Statements. The Company has provided to the Parent the Financial Statements, copies of which are attached to Section 2.6 of the Disclosure Schedule. Except for the adjustments listed on Section 1.6(d)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule which have not been made to the Financial Statements, the Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby, fairly present the consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of the respective dates thereof and for the periods referred to therein and are consistent with the books and records of the Company; provided, however, that the Financial Statements referred to in clause (b) of the definition of such term are subject to normal recurring year-end adjustments (which will not be material) and do not include footnotes. Except as set forth in Section 2.6 of the Disclosure Schedule, there are no material differences from the information included in the footnotes to the audited Financial Statements that would be disclosed in footnotes to the unaudited Financial Statements if such footnotes had been prepared.

2.7       Absence of Certain Changes. Since the Most Recent Balance Sheet Date, the Company has operated its business only in the Ordinary Course of Business, and, except as set forth on Section 2.7 of the Disclosure Schedule:

(a)       the Company has not incurred any Debt other than changes in the principal balance of the Company’s line of credit;

 

-17-

 

 


 

 

(b)       the Company has not made any acquisition (by merger, consolidation, or acquisition of stock or assets or otherwise) of any other Person;

(c)       the Company has not created any Security Interest on any of its assets, tangible or intangible;

(d)       except for sales to customers of the Company’s products and services in the Ordinary Course of Business, the Company has not sold, assigned or transferred any of its tangible assets;

(e)       the Company has not entered into or amended (i) any customer agreement with a Person that is or would be a Significant Personor (ii) any agreement, other than a customer agreement, that is or would be a Material Contract;

(f)        the Company has not (i) entered into or amended any employment or severance or similar agreement with any employee or any collective bargaining agreement, (ii) adopted or amended, or increased the payments to or benefits under, any profit sharing, bonus, thrift, stock option, deferred compensation, savings, insurance, restricted stock, pension, retirement, or other employee benefit plan for or with any of its directors, officers or employees or (iii) granted any increase in compensation payable or to become payable or the benefits provided to its directors, officers or employees, other than in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(g)       the Company has not (i) made or changed any Tax election or (ii) made any material change in any method of accounting or accounting practice used by it, other than any such changes required by GAAP;

(h)       the Company has conducted and reflected in its books and records each transaction referenced in Section 2.26 of the Disclosure Schedule on an arm’s-length basis;

(i)        there has been no change, event or development that has had, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect;

(j)        there has not been any material casualty, loss, damage or destruction (whether or not covered by insurance) to any asset of the Company;

(k)       the Company has not made any single expenditure or commitment to purchase personal property or for additions to property, plant and equipment in excess of $25,000;

(l)        the Company has not issued, sold or otherwise disposed of any debenture, note, stock, or equity interest or modified or amended any right of any holder thereof;

(m)      the Company has not amended, terminated, waived, disposed of, or permitted to lapse, any material license or Permit;

(n)       there has not been any amendment to the Articles of Incorporation or By-laws of the Company; and

 

-18-

 

 


 

 

(o)       the Company has not materially altered the nature of its business or business plan.

2.8       Undisclosed Liabilities. Except as provided in Section 2.8 of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company has no liability (whether known or unknown, whether absolute or contingent, whether liquidated or unliquidated and whether due or to become due), except for (a) liabilities shown or reserved for on the Most Recent Balance Sheet, (b) liabilities which have arisen since the Most Recent Balance Sheet Date in the Ordinary Course of Business and (c) contractual and other liabilities incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business which are not required by GAAP to be reflected on a balance sheet or that would not otherwise be required to be disclosed in the footnotes of the Company’s financial statements if such footnotes had been prepared, (d) liabilities incurred in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement and specifically set forth in Section 2.8 of the Disclosure Schedule and clearly identified as “liabilities not reflected on the Most Recent Balance Sheet,” and (e) liabilities specifically and clearly set forth in other sections of the Disclosure Schedule and clearly identified as “liabilities not reflected on the Most Recent Balance Sheet.”

 

2.9

Taxes.

(a)       The Company has properly filed on a timely basis all Tax Returns that it is and was required to file, and all such Tax Returns were true, correct and complete in all respects. Except as set forth in Section 2.9(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company has properly paid on a timely basis all Taxes, whether or not shown on any of its Tax Returns, that were due and payable. All Taxes that the Company is or was required by law to withhold or collect have been withheld or collected and, to the extent required, have been properly paid on a timely basis to the appropriate Governmental Entity. The Company has complied with all information reporting and back-up withholding requirements including maintenance of the required records with respect thereto, in connection with amounts paid to any employee, independent contractor, creditor or other third party.

(b)       The unpaid Taxes of the Company for periods through the date of the Most Recent Balance Sheet Date do not exceed the accruals and reserves for Taxes (excluding accruals and reserves for deferred Taxes established to reflect timing differences between book and Tax income) set forth on the Most Recent Balance Sheet.

(c)       The Company is not and has never been a member of any group of corporations with which it has filed (or been required to file) consolidated, combined, or unitary Tax Returns. The Company has no actual or potential liability under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 (or any comparable or similar provision of federal, state, local, or foreign law), or as a transferee or successor, by contract, or otherwise for any Taxes of any Person (including without limitation any affiliated, combined, or unitary group of corporations or other entities that included the Company during a prior Taxable period). The Company is not a party to, bound by, or obligated under any Tax allocation, Tax sharing, Tax indemnity or similar agreement.

(d)       The Company has delivered to the Parent (i) complete and correct copies of all income Tax Returns of the Company relating to Taxes for all Taxable periods for which the applicable statute of limitations has not yet expired and (ii) complete and correct copies of all

 

-19-

 

 


 

 

private letter rulings, revenue agent reports, information document requests, notices of proposed deficiencies, deficiency notices, protests, petitions, closing agreements, settlement agreements, pending ruling requests and any similar documents submitted by, received by or agreed to by or on behalf of the Company relating to Taxes for all Taxable periods for which the applicable statute of limitations has not yet expired. The income Tax Returns of the Company have not been audited by the Internal Revenue Service or other applicable Governmental Entity or are closed by the applicable statute of limitations for all periods through and including the Taxable period specified in Section 2.9(d) of the Disclosure Schedule. The Company has delivered or made available to the Parent complete and correct copies of all other Tax Returns of the Company relating to Taxes for all Taxable periods for which the applicable statute of limitations has not yet expired. No examination or audit of any Tax Return of the Company by any Governmental Entity is currently in progress or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened or contemplated, and the Company does not know of any basis upon which a Tax deficiency or assessment could reasonably be expected to be asserted against the Company. The Company has not been informed by any jurisdiction that the jurisdiction believes that the Company was required to file any Tax Return that was not filed.

(e)       The Company has not (i) waived any statute of limitations, which waiver is still in effect, with respect to Taxes or agreed to extend the period for assessment or collection of any Taxes, (ii) requested any extension of time within which to file any Tax Return, which Tax Return has not yet been filed, or (iii) executed or filed any power of attorney relating to Taxes with any Governmental Entity.

(f)        The Company is not a party to any Tax litigation. The Company is not nor has it ever been a party to any specific transaction which will result in the imposition of penalties upon the Company by any taxing authority. The Company is not nor has it ever been a party to any transaction or agreement that is in conflict with the Tax rules on transfer pricing in any relevant jurisdiction. The Company has disclosed on its federal income Tax Returns all positions taken therein that could give rise to a substantial understatement of federal income Tax within the meaning of Section 6662 of the Code.

(g)       Except as set forth on Section 2.9(g) of the Disclosure Schedule, there are no Security Interests or other encumbrances with respect to Taxes upon any of the assets or properties of the Company, other than with respect to Taxes not yet due and payable.

(h)       The Company has not been a United States real property holding corporation within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code during the applicable period specified in Section 897(c)(l)(A)(ii) of the Code.

(i)        Except as set forth on Section 2.9(i) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company has not made any payments, nor is it obligated to make any payments, nor is it a party to any agreement, contract, arrangement, or plan that could obligate it to make any payments, that are or could be, separately or in the aggregate, “excess parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code (without regard to Sections 280G(b)(4) and 280G(b)(5) thereof). No excise Tax will be imposed upon the Company as a result of the acceleration of Options.

 

-20-

 

 


 

 

(j)        No Company Stockholder holds Company Shares that are non-transferable and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture within the meaning of Section 83 of the Code with respect to which a valid election under Section 83(b) of the Code has not been made, and no payment to any Company Stockholder of any portion of the consideration payable pursuant to this Agreement will result in compensation or other income to such Company Stockholder with respect to which the Parent or the Company would be required to deduct or withhold any Taxes.

(k)       None of the assets of the Company (i) is property that is required to be treated as being owned by any other person pursuant to the provisions of former Section 168(f)(8) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, (ii) is “tax-exempt use property” within the meaning of Section 168(h) of the Code, (iii) directly or indirectly secures any debt the interest on which is tax exempt under Section 103(a) of the Code, or (iv) is subject to a lease under Section 7701(h) of the Code or under any predecessor section.

(l)        The Company will not be required to include any item of income in, or exclude any item of deduction from, Taxable income for any Taxable period (or portion thereof) ending after the Closing Date as a result of any (i) change in method of accounting for a Taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date (or as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) under Section 481 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of federal, state, local or foreign Tax law); (ii) “closing agreement” as described in Section 7121 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign Tax law) executed on or prior to the Closing Date; (iii) deferred intercompany gain or any excess loss account described in Treasury Regulations under Section 1502 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign Tax law); (iv) installment sale or open transaction disposition made on or prior to the Closing Date; or (v) prepaid amount received on or prior to the Closing Date. The Company currently utilizes, the accrual method of accounting for income Tax purposes and such method of accounting has not changed in the past five (5) years.

(m)      The Company has not participated in or cooperated with an international boycott within the meaning of Section 999 of the Code.

(n)       There is no limitation on the utilization by the Company of its net operating losses, built-in losses, Tax credits, or similar items under Sections 382, 383, or 384 of the Code or comparable provisions of foreign, state or local law (other than any such limitation arising as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement).

(o)       The Company has not distributed to the Constituents or security holders stock or securities of a controlled corporation, nor have stock or securities of the Company been distributed, in a transaction to which Section 355 or Section 361 of the Code applies.

(p)       The Company is not nor has it ever been required to make a basis reduction pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-20(b) or Treasury Regulation Section 1.337(d)-2(b).

(q)       Section 2.9(q) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth each jurisdiction (other than United States federal) in which the Company files, or, is required to file or has been required to file a Tax Return or is or has been liable for Taxes on a “nexus” basis and each

 

-21-

 

 


 

 

jurisdiction that has sent notices or communications of any kind requesting information relating to the Company’s nexus with such jurisdiction.

 

(r)

[Intentionally omitted].

(s)       There is no basis for the assertion of any claim relating or attributable to Taxes, which, if adversely determined, would result in any Security Interest on the assets of the Company, or would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company.

 

2.10

Assets.

(a)       Except as set forth in Section 2.10(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company is the true and lawful owner, and has good title to, all of the assets (tangible or intangible) purported to be owned by the Company, free and clear of all Security Interests. The Company owns or leases all tangible assets sufficient for the conduct of its businesses as presently conducted. Each such tangible asset is free from material defects, has been maintained in accordance with normal industry practice, is in good operating condition and repair (subject to normal wear and tear) and is suitable for the purposes for which it presently is used and contemplated to be used per such business plan.

(b)       Section 2.10(b) of the Disclosure Schedule lists (i) all fixed assets (within the meaning of GAAP) of the Company having a book value greater than $5,000, indicating the cost, accumulated book depreciation (if any) and the net book value of each such fixed asset as of the Most Recent Balance Sheet Date, and (ii) all other assets of a tangible nature (other than inventories) of the Company whose book value exceeds $5,000.

(c)       Each item of equipment, motor vehicle and other asset that the Company has possession of pursuant to a lease agreement or other contractual arrangement is in such condition that, upon its return to its lessor or owner under the applicable lease or contract, the obligations of the Company to such lessor or owner to maintain such item will have been discharged in full and no additional amounts will be due and owing thereunder.

2.11     Owned Real Property. The Company does not own, and has never owned, any real property.

2.12     Real Property Leases. Section 2.12 of the Disclosure Schedule lists all Leases and lists the term of such Lease, any extension and expansion options, and the rent payable thereunder. The Company has delivered to the Parent complete and accurate copies of the Leases. With respect to each Lease:

(a)       such Lease is legal, valid, binding, enforceable and in full force and effect;

(b)       except as disclosed on Section 2.12 of the Disclosure Schedule, such Lease will continue to be legal, valid, binding, enforceable and in full force and effect immediately following the Closing in accordance with the terms thereof as in effect immediately prior to the Closing;

 

-22-

 

 


 

 

(c)       the Company is not in breach or violation of, or default under, any material provision of such Lease, and no event has occurred, is pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, is threatened, which, after the giving of notice, with lapse of time, or otherwise, would constitute a breach or default of a material provision by the Company or, to the Knowledge of the Company, any other party under such Lease and to the Knowledge of the Company, each parcel of Leased Real Property is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws and Governmental Orders. Except as set forth in Section 2.12(c) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Lease for each parcel of Leased Real Property is in full force and effect, there are no defaults under such leases by the Company, or, to the Knowledge of the Company, any other party to such leases;

(d)       there are no disputes, oral agreements or forbearance programs in effect as to such Lease;

(e)       the Company has not assigned, transferred, conveyed, mortgaged, deeded in trust or encumbered any interest in the leasehold or subleasehold;

(f)        based on the Company’s experience during the past full fiscal year and up to the Closing Date, all facilities leased or subleased thereunder are supplied with utilities and other services adequate for the operation of said facilities;

(g)       to the Company’s Knowledge there is not any Security Interest, easement, covenant or other restriction applicable to the real property subject to such lease which materially impairs the current uses or the occupancy by the Company of the property subject thereto; and

(h)       other than the rental payment amounts set forth in Section 2.12 of the Disclosure Schedule, no other amounts are owed or reasonably likely to be owed by the Company with respect to any parcel of Leased Real Property.

 

2.13

Intellectual Property.

(a)       Section 2.13(a) of the Disclosure Schedule lists (i) each patent, patent application, copyright registration or application therefor, and trademark, service mark and domain name registration or application therefor of the Company and (ii) each Customer Deliverable of the Company.

(b)       The Company owns or has the right to all Company Intellectual Property reasonably necessary (i) to use, sell, market and distribute the Customer Deliverables and (ii) to operate the Business. Each item of Company Intellectual Property will be owned or available for use by the Surviving Corporation immediately following the Closing on substantially identical terms and conditions as it was owned or available for use by the Company immediately prior to the Closing, except as described in Section 2.13(b) of the Disclosure Schedule. No current or former employee of the Company has any claim or right in or to the Company Intellectual Property. The Company has taken commercially reasonable measures to protect the proprietary nature of each item of Company Intellectual Property, and to maintain in confidence all trade secrets and confidential information, that it owns or uses. No other Person has any rights to any of the Company Intellectual Property owned by the Company (except pursuant to agreements or licenses specified in Section 2.13(d) of the Disclosure Schedule), and, to the Knowledge of the

 

-23-

 

 


 

 

Company, no other Person is infringing, violating or misappropriating any of the Company Intellectual Property, except as described in Section 2.13(b) of the Disclosure Schedule.

(c)       None of the Company Intellectual Property, Customer Deliverables, or the sale, marketing, distribution, provision or use thereof, infringes or violates, or constitutes a misappropriation of, any Intellectual Property rights of any Person. Section 2.13(c) of the Disclosure Schedule lists any complaint, claim or notice, or threat thereof, received by the Company alleging any infringement, violation or misappropriation; and the Company has provided to the Parent complete access to all written documentation in the possession of the Company relating to any such complaint, claim, notice or threat. The Company has provided to the Parent complete access to all written documentation in the Company’s possession relating to claims or disputes known to the Company concerning any Company Intellectual Property.

(d)       Section 2.13(d) of the Disclosure Schedule identifies each license or other agreement pursuant to which the Company has licensed, distributed or otherwise granted any rights to any third party with respect to, any Company Intellectual Property or any Intellectual Property owned by a party other than the Company. Except as described in Section 2.13(d) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company has not agreed to indemnify any Person against any infringement, violation or misappropriation of any Intellectual Property rights with respect to any Customer Deliverables. The Company is not, nor will it or any party hereto be as a result of the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the performances of its obligations under this Agreement, in breach of any license, sublicense or other agreement relating to the Company Intellectual Property.

(e)       Section 2.13(e) of the Disclosure Schedule identifies each item of Intellectual Property used or possessed by the Company that is owned by a party other than the Company, and the license or agreement pursuant to which the Company uses it (excluding off-the-shelf software programs licensed by or to the Company pursuant to nonnegotiable standard form, mass market or “shrink wrap” licenses).

(f)        Except as set forth in Section 2.13(f) of the Disclosure Schedule, all of the copyrightable materials (but excluding materials created, developed or otherwise provided by a third party) embedded in, or integrated in, incorporated in or bundled with the Customer Deliverables have been created by employees of the Company within the scope of their employment by the Company, or by independent contractors of the Company who have executed agreements expressly assigning all right, title and interest in such copyrightable materials to the Company. Except as set forth in Section 2.13(f) of the Disclosure Schedule, no portion of such copyrightable materials was jointly developed with any third party.

(g)       Except as set forth in Section 2.13(g) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Customer Deliverables, the Internal Systems, and the Company Intellectual Property are free from significant defects or programming errors, and conform in all material respects to the written documentation and specifications therefore.

(h)       The Internal Systems, Customer Deliverables, and the Company Intellectual Property currently used by the Company to provide products and services to their customers (i) are fully adequate for the business of the Company as of the date of this Agreement

 

-24-

 

 


 

 

(ii) meet the normal and customary requirements of customers under the customer contracts of the Company, and (iii) will meet, or are capable of being scaled to meet, the normal and customary requirements of existing customers under the customer contracts.”

 

2.14

Contracts.

(a)       Section 2.14 of the Disclosure Schedule lists the following agreements (written or oral) to which the Company is a party as of the date of this Agreement (each, a “Material Contract”):

(i)        any agreement (or group of related agreements) for the lease of personal property from or to third parties providing for lease payments in excess of $10,000 per annum or having a remaining term longer than six months;

(ii)       any agreement (or group of related agreements) with software vendors, distributors or sales agents allowing for the resale, marketing or distribution of the Company’s services of products;

(iii)      any agreement concerning confidentiality or containing covenants restraining or limiting the freedom of the Company to engage in any line of business or compete with any Person including, without limitation, by restraining or limiting the right to solicit customers or that could reasonably be expected, following the Closing, to restrain or limit the freedom of the Parent or any Affiliate thereof to engage in any line of business or compete with any Person;

 

(iv)

any agreement containing a right of first refusal;

(v)       any agreement (or group of related agreements) that is terminable upon or prohibits a change in ownership or control of the Company, or that requires consent in connection with a change in ownership or control of the Company;

(vi)      any agreement (or group of related agreements) that provides for the Company to be the exclusive or a preferred provider of any product or service to any Person or the exclusive or a preferred recipient of any product or service of any Person during any period of time or that otherwise involves the granting by any Person to the Company of exclusive or preferred rights of any kind;

(vii)     any agreement (or group of related agreements) that provides for any Person to be the exclusive or a preferred provider of any product or service to the Company, or the exclusive or a preferred recipient of any product or service of the Company during any period of time or that otherwise involves the granting by the Company to any Person of exclusive or preferred rights of any kind;

(viii)    any agreement (or group of related agreements) in which a party has agreed to purchase at least $10,000 worth of goods or services per year or that includes specific service level commitments;

 

-25-

 

 


 

 

(ix)      any agreement (or group of related agreements) in which the Company has granted manufacturing rights, “most favored nation” or similar pricing provisions or marketing or distribution rights relating to any products or territory;

(x)       any agreement (or group of related agreements) under which it has created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed (or may create, incur, assume or guarantee) Debt or under which it has imposed (or may impose) a Security Interest on any of its assets, tangible or intangible;

(xi)      any agreement for the disposition of any significant portion of the assets or business of the Company (other than sales of products in the Ordinary Course of Business) or any agreement for the acquisition of the assets or business of any other entity (other than purchases of inventory or components in the Ordinary Course of Business);

 

(xii)

any employment or consulting agreement;

(xiii)    any agreement still in effect involving any current or former officer, director or stockholder of the Company or an Affiliate thereof;

(xiv)    any agreements that by their terms bind Affiliates of the Company or will bind current Affiliates of the Company after the Closing;

(xv)     any agreement under which the consequences of a default or termination would reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect;

(xvi)    any agreement which contains any provisions requiring the Company to indemnify any other party;

(xvii)   any agreement regarding Intellectual Property (excluding off-the-shelf software programs licensed by or to the Company pursuant to nonnegotiable standard form, mass market or “shrink wrap” licenses); and

(xviii)  any other agreement (or group of related agreements) involving more than the expenditure of $50,000 per year.

(b)       The Company has made available to the Parent a complete and accurate copy of each agreement listed in Section 2.13 or Section 2.14 of the Disclosure Schedule, or with respect to each such unwritten agreement, the Company has provided a detailed description of the terms of such unwritten agreement. With respect to each agreement so listed: (i) the agreement is legal, valid, binding and enforceable and in full force and effect; (ii) the agreement will continue to be legal, valid, binding and enforceable and in full force and effect immediately following the Closing in accordance with the terms thereof as in effect immediately prior to the Closing; and (iii) except as set forth on Section 2.14(b)(iii) of the Disclosure Schedule, neither the Company nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, any other party, is in breach or violation of, or default under, any material provision of such agreement, and no event has occurred, is pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, is threatened, which, after the giving of notice, with lapse of time, or otherwise, would constitute a breach or default of any material provision of

 

-26-

 

 


 

 

such agreement by the Company or, to the Knowledge of the Company, of any other party under such agreement.

2.15     Accounts Receivable. Each and all accounts receivable of the Company reflected on the Final Balance Sheet are valid receivables enforceable and fully collectible (i) in the ordinary course of business as historically collected or (ii) by December 31, 2010, whichever is sooner, free and clear of any claim, right of setoff or other dispute, demand or future obligation of any nature whatsoever all net of any applicable allowance for doubtful accounts reflected in the Final Balance Sheet. The Company has not received any written notice from an account debtor stating that any such account receivable is subject to any contest, claim or setoff by such account debtor.

2.16     Powers of Attorney. Except as set forth in Section 2.16 of the Disclosure Schedule, there are no outstanding powers of attorney executed on behalf of the Company.

2.17     Insurance. Section 2.17 of the Disclosure Schedule lists each insurance policy (including fire, theft/crime, casualty, comprehensive general liability, workers compensation, business interruption, environmental, errors and omissions, directors and officers fiduciary liability, employment practices liability, product liability and automobile insurance policies and bond and surety arrangements) to which the Company is a party, all of which are in full force and effect, including the name of the insurer, policy numbers and whether such policy is a claims-made or occurrence policy. Except as set forth in Section 2.17 of the Disclosure Schedule, there is no claim pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, any existing facts which are reasonably likely to result in a claim under any such policy, and if any of the foregoing have been disclosed, no such claim or existing facts were questioned, denied or disputed by the underwriter of such policy. All premiums due and payable under all such policies have been paid. The Company has not been denied insurance coverage at any time during the past five years and no policies have been cancelled or have been refused to be renewed by the insurer in the past five years except as set forth in Section 2.17 of the Disclosure Schedule. The Company has no Knowledge of any threatened termination of, or premium increase with respect to, any such policy except as set forth in Section 2.17 of the Disclosure Schedule. Each such policy will continue to be enforceable and in full force and effect immediately following the Closing in accordance with the terms thereof as in effect immediately prior to the Closing. The Company has not failed to timely give any notice required or failed to satisfy any subjectivities under such insurance policies or binders of insurance.

2.18     Litigation. Except as set forth in Section 2.18 of the Disclosure Schedule, there is no Legal Proceeding which is pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, has been threatened against the Company. There are no judgments, orders or decrees outstanding against the Company.

 

2.19

Warranties.

(a) Except as set forth in Section 2.19 of the Disclosure Schedule, no Customer Deliverable is subject to any guaranty, warranty, right of credit or other indemnity. Section 2.19 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth the aggregate expenses incurred by the Company in fulfilling its obligations under its guaranty, warranty, right of credit and other indemnity

 

-27-

 

 


 

 

provisions during each of the fiscal years and the interim period covered by the Financial Statements; and to the Knowledge of the Company there is no reason such expenses should significantly increase as a percentage of sales in the future, provided that the Surviving Corporation is operated in a manner substantially consistent with the manner the Company was operated during the one-year period immediately prior to Closing.

(b)       The Company has no liability arising out of any injury to individuals or property as a result of the ownership, possession, or use of any product manufactured, sold, leased or delivered by the Company.

 

2.20

Employees.

(a)       Section 2.20 of the Disclosure Schedule contains a list of all employees of the Company, along with the position and the annual rate (or hourly rate, where applicable) of compensation of each such person.

(b)       The Company is not a party to or bound by any collective bargaining agreement, and has not experienced any strikes, grievances, claims of unfair labor practices or other collective bargaining disputes. The Company has not committed any unfair labor practice. The Company has no Knowledge of any organizational effort made or threatened, either currently or within the past two years, by or on behalf of any labor union with respect to employees of the Company.

(c)       All material employee expenses and benefits shall have been accrued on the Final Balance Sheet for all periods prior to and up through the date thereof.

(d)       To the Knowledge of the Company, no officer, Key employee or group of employees has any plans to terminate employment with the Company.

 

2.21

Employee Benefits.

(a)       Section 2.21(a) of the Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and accurate list of all Company Plans. Complete and accurate copies of documents embodying each of the Company Plans and related plan documents including (without limitation) plan documents, trust documents, group annuity contracts, plan amendments, insurance policies or contracts, participant agreements, employee booklets, administrative service agreements, summary plan descriptions, plan summaries or descriptions, minutes, resolutions, compliance and nondiscrimination tests for the last three plan years, standard COBRA forms and related notices, registration statements and prospectuses, and, to the extent still in its possession, any material employee communications relating thereto, have been provided to the Parent. With respect to the Company Plan which is subject to ERISA reporting requirements, the Company has provided copies of the Form 5500 reports and any applicable financial statements, including schedules and reports filed for the last five years. The Company has furnished Parent with the most recent Internal Revenue Service determination or opinion letter issued with respect to each such Company Plan which is intended to be a qualified plan as described in Code Section 401(a), and nothing has occurred since the issuance of each such letter which could reasonably be expected to cause the loss of tax-qualified status of any Company Plan subject to Code Section 401(a).

 

-28-

 

 


 

 

(b)       Each Company Plan has been administered in accordance with its terms and in compliance with the requirements prescribed by any and all statutes, rules and regulations (including ERISA and the Code), except as would not have, in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect, and the Company, and the ERISA Affiliates have performed all material obligations required to be performed by them under, and are not in material default or violation by any other party to, any Company Plan and all required contributions required to be made by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate to any Company Plan have been made. All filings and reports as to each Company Plan subject to ERISA have prepared in good faith and timely filed, all requisite governmental reports (which were true and correct as of the date filed) have prepared in good faith and timely filed and the Company has properly and timely filed and distributed or posted all notices and reports to employees or participants in the Company Plans required to be filed, distributed or posted. There has been no “prohibited transaction,” as such term is defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, with respect to any Company Plan and neither the Company or any ERISA Affiliate is subject to or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened, claimed or alleged to be subject to, any liability or penalty under Sections 4976 through 4980 of the Code or Title I of ERISA with respect to any Company Plan. With respect to each Company Plan no “reportable event” within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA (excluding any such event for which the thirty (30) day notice requirement has been waived under the regulations to Section 4043 of ERISA) nor any event described in Section 4062, 4063 or 4041 of ERISA has occurred. No Company Plan has assets that include securities issued by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate and no Company Plan constitutes a security which is required to be registered under applicable state or federal securities laws. There has been no amendment to, written interpretation or announcement by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate above the level of expense incurred with respect to that Plan for the most recent fiscal year included in the Company’s financial statements.

(c)       No suit, investigation, audit, administrative proceeding, action, or other litigation (except claims for benefits payable in the normal operation of the Company Plans and proceedings with respect to qualified domestic relations orders) has been brought, or to the knowledge of the Company is threatened, against or with respect to any Company Plan or asserting any rights or claims to benefits under any Company Plan, including audit or inquiry by the IRS or United States Department of Labor.

(d)       With respect to all Company Plans that are intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, the Company has either obtained and is entitled to rely on determination letters from the Internal Revenue Service to the effect that such Company Plans are qualified under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code, including all amendments to the Code which are currently effective and the plans and the trusts related thereto are exempt from federal income taxes under Sections 401(a) and 501(a), respectively, of the Code, or the Company has time remaining to apply under applicable Treasury Regulations or Internal Revenue Service pronouncements for a determination letter or opinion letter and no act or omission has occurred, that would adversely affect its qualification or materially increase its cost. Each Company Plan that is required to satisfy Section 401(k)(3) or Section 401(m)(2) of the Code has been tested for compliance with, and satisfies the requirements of Section 401(k)(3) and Section 401(m)(2) of the Code for each plan year ending prior to the Closing Date.

 

-29-

 

 


 

 

(e)       The Company has not nor has any ERISA Affiliate ever maintained, established, sponsored, participated in, contributed to, or is obligated to contribute to, or otherwise incurred any obligation or liability (including, without limitation, any contingent liability) under any “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA or to any “pension plan” (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA) subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA. Neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has any actual or potential withdrawal liability (including, without limitation, any contingent liability) from any complete or partial withdrawal (as defined in Sections 4203 and 4205 of ERISA) from any multiemployer plan.

(f)        With respect to each Company Plan, the Company and each of its ERISA Affiliates have complied in all material respects with the following to the extent applicable to such Company Plan: (i) the applicable healthcare continuation and notice provisions of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“COBRA”) and the regulations thereunder or any state law governing health care coverage extension or continuation; (ii) the applicable requirements of the Family Medical Leave Act of 1993 and the regulations thereunder; (iii) the applicable requirements of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 and any rules or regulations promulgated pursuant thereto (“HIPAA”); and (iv) the applicable requirements of the Cancer Rights Act of 1998 and the Newborn and Mother’s Health Protection Act of 1996. The Company has no material unsatisfied obligations to any employees, former employees, or qualified beneficiaries pursuant to COBRA, HIPAA, or any state law governing health care coverage extension or continuation.

(g)       There are no unfunded obligations under any Company Plan providing benefits after termination of employment to any employee of the Company (or to any beneficiary of any such employee), including but not limited to retiree health coverage or other retiree welfare benefits and deferred compensation, but excluding continuation of health coverage required to be continued under Section 4980B of the Code or other applicable law and insurance conversion privileges under state law. The assets of each Company Plan that is funded are reported at their fair market value on the books and records of such Company Plan.

(h)       No act or omission has occurred and no condition exists with respect to any Company Plan that would subject the Company or any ERISA Affiliate to (i) any material fine, penalty, tax or liability of any kind imposed under ERISA or the Code or (ii) any contractual indemnification or contribution obligation protecting any fiduciary, insurer or service provider with respect to any Company Plan.

(i)        No Company Plan is funded by, associated with or related to a “voluntary employee’s beneficiary association” within the meaning of Section 501(c)(9) of the Code.

(j)        Each Company Plan may be amended, terminated or otherwise discontinued unilaterally by the Company at any time without liability or expense to the, Company (or after the Closing Date, the Parent) or such Company Plan as a result thereof (other than for benefits accrued through the date of termination or amendment and reasonable administrative expenses related thereto) and no Company Plan, plan documentation or agreement, summary plan description or other written communication distributed generally to

 

-30-

 

 


 

 

employees by its terms prohibits the Company from amending, terminating or otherwise discontinuing any such Company Plan.

(k)       Section 2.21(k) of the Disclosure Schedule discloses each: (i) agreement with any stockholder, director, executive officer or other key employee of the Company (A) the benefits of which are contingent, or the terms of which are altered, upon the occurrence of a transaction involving the Company of the nature of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (B) providing any term of employment or compensation guarantee or (C) providing severance benefits or other benefits after the termination of employment of such director, executive officer or key employee; (ii) agreement, plan or arrangement under which, absent the stockholder vote to be taken pursuant to Section 5.9, any person may receive payments from the Company that may be subject to the tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or included in the determination of such person’s “parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code (without regard to Sections 280G(b)(4) and 280G(b)(5) thereof); (iii) agreement or plan binding the Company, including any stock option plan, stock appreciation right plan, restricted stock plan, stock purchase plan, severance benefit plan or Company Plan, any of the benefits of which will be increased, or the vesting of the benefits of which will be accelerated, by the occurrence of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the value of any of the benefits of which will be calculated on the basis of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Any Company Plan which is a deferred compensation plan as defined in Code Section 409A is either exempt from Code Section 409A or is in compliance with Code Section 409A.

(l)        Section 2.21(l) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth the policy of the Company with respect to accrued vacation, accrued sick time and earned time off and the amount of such liabilities as of the date of this Agreement. The information set forth in Section 2.21(l) of the Disclosure Schedule shall be updated by the Company as of the last day of the payroll period ending prior to the Closing Date.

(m)      The Company has classified all individuals who perform services for the Company correctly under the Company Plans, ERISA and the Code as common law employees, independent contractors, leased employees, and exempt or non-exempt employees.

(n)       The Company has not engaged in any transaction with respect to any Company Plan that is the same as or substantially similar to any transaction that the Internal Revenue Service has determined to be a tax avoidance transaction and has identified as a listed transaction in published guidance under 26 CFR. Section 1.6011-4(b)(2).

(o)       All Company Plans and any other benefits to be continued on by Surviving Corporation or Parent pursuant to Section 5.11(a) below may be so continued without a material breach or violation of such plans and benefits and without increased cost to the Surviving Corporation or Parent of more than 120% of the costs on a per capita basis incurred by the Company for such plans and benefits during the one year period immediately prior to Closing.

 

-31-

 

 


 

 

 

2.22

Environmental Matters.

(a)       The Company has complied with all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits. There is no pending or to the Company’s Knowledge threatened civil or criminal litigation, written notice of violation, formal administrative proceeding, or investigation, inquiry or information request by any Governmental Entity, relating to any Environmental Law and Environmental Permits involving the Company or any properties owned or leased by it.

(b)       The Company is not, and shall not be, subject to any environmental liability of any solid or hazardous waste transporter or treatment, storage or disposal facility that has been used by the Company.

(c)       There has been no Release of any Hazardous Material on any of the Leased Real Property or on any property formerly owned, leased, used or occupied by the Company.

(d)       There are no claims pending or to the Company’s Knowledge threatened against the Company under any Environmental Law regarding or related to any of the Leased Real Property.

(e)       To the Company’s Knowledge, the Company is not subject to any actual or alleged liability, whether fixed or contingent, under any Environmental Law.

 

2.23

Legal Compliance.

(a)       The Company is currently conducting, and has at all times conducted, its businesses in compliance in all material respects with each applicable law (including rules and regulations thereunder) of any federal, state, local or foreign government, or any Governmental Entity. The Company (including any Affiliates) has not received any notice or communication from any Governmental Entity (i) alleging noncompliance with any applicable law, rule or regulation or (ii) regarding any possible, pending or threatened investigation by any Governmental Entity.

(b)       Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Company complies with and has implemented all such measures required for it to comply with its obligations as a Covered Entity for its “Health Plan” and as a Business Associate of its “Covered Entity” (as such capitalized terms are defined in HIPAA and the regulations promulgated thereunder), including without limitation, the privacy and security regulations (45 C.F.R. 160 and 164) and the transaction and code set regulations (45 C.F.R. 162) promulgated under HIPAA. With respect to any HIPAA regulatory requirements, including any contractual privacy and security commitments for “Protected Health Information” (as that term is defined in the HIPAA privacy and security regulations), for which the Company’s (including any Affiliates) compliance with HIPAA is required (collectively, the “HIPAA Commitments”),

(i)        the Company is in material compliance with the HIPAA Commitments;

 

-32-

 

 


 

 

(ii)       the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not violate any of the HIPAA Commitments;

(iii)      the Company has not received written inquiries from the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services or any other Governmental Entity regarding the Company’s compliance with the HIPAA Commitments; and

(iv)      the HIPAA Commitments have not been rejected by any applicable certification organization which has reviewed such HIPAA Commitments or to which any such HIPAA Commitment has been submitted.

(c)       The Company has either entered into or made reasonable and good faith efforts to enter into valid, written Business Associate agreements with all customers that are Covered Entities and with all contractors, agents, vendors, suppliers, and service providers that are Business Associates of the Company.

2.24     Customers and Suppliers. Section 2.24 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of (a) the top 25 customers of the Company by revenue under contract as of July 31, 2008 and (b) the top 10 suppliers by expenses incurred for the thirty-six (36) months ended July 31, 2008 that are significant suppliers (as measured by actual use of such product by the Company or the Company’s customers as of the Closing Date) of any significant product or service to the Company (each such customer or supplier, a “Significant Person”).

2.25     Permits. Section 2.25 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of all material Permits issued to or held by the Company. Such listed Permits are the only material Permits that are required for the Company to conduct their respective businesses as presently conducted or as contemplated to be conducted by any business plans or projections delivered by the Company to the Parent. Each such Permit is in full force and effect; the Company is in compliance with the terms of each such Permit; and, to the Knowledge of the Company, no suspension or cancellation of such Permit is threatened. There is no basis for believing that such Permit will not be renewable upon expiration. Each such Permit will continue in full force and effect immediately following the Closing.

2.26     Certain Business Relationships With Affiliates. Except as set forth in Section 2.26 of the Disclosure Schedule, no Affiliate of the Company (a) owns any property or right, tangible or intangible, which is used in the business of the Company, (b) has any claim or cause of action against the Company, or (c) owes any money to, or is owed any money by, the Company. Section 2.26 of the Disclosure Schedule describes any transactions or relationships between the Company and any Affiliate thereof which occurred or have existed since the beginning of the time period covered by the Financial Statements.

2.27     Brokers’ Fees. Except as set forth in Section 2.27 of the Disclosure Schedule, neither the Company, nor any Company Stockholder nor any other party with whom or for whom the Company or Company Stockholders may have contracted has any liability or obligation to pay any fees, commissions or any other amounts of any kind whatsoever to any broker, finder or agent with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

-33-

 

 


 

 

2.28     Books and Records. The minute books and other similar records of the Company contain complete and accurate records of all actions taken at any meetings of the Company’s stockholders, Board of Directors or any committee thereof and of all written consents executed in lieu of the holding of any such meeting. The books and records of the Company accurately reflect in all material respects the assets, liabilities, business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company and have been maintained in accordance with good business and bookkeeping practices. Section 2.28 of the Disclosure Schedule contains a list of all accounts and safe deposit boxes of the Company (including the name of each bank, trust company, savings institution, brokerage firm, mutual fund or other financial institution with which the Company has an account or safe deposit box) and the names of persons having signature authority with respect thereto or access thereto.

 

2.29

Compliance with Healthcare Laws and Regulations.

(a)       Without limiting the generality of Section 2.23 or any other representation or warranty made by the Company herein, the Company is conducting and has conducted its business and operations in compliance with, and neither the Company nor any of its officers, directors or employees has engaged in any activities prohibited under, all applicable civil or criminal statutes, laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of any federal, state, local or foreign Governmental Entity with respect to regulatory matters relating to the provision, administration, and/or payment for healthcare products or services (collectively, “Healthcare Laws”), including, without limitation, (i) rules and regulations governing the operation and administration of Medicare, Medicaid, or other federal health care programs; (ii) 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7(b), commonly referred to as the “Federal Anti-Kickback Statute,” (iii) 42 U.S.C. § 1395nn, commonly referred to as the “Stark Law,” (iv) 31 U.S.C. §§ 3729-33, commonly referred to as the “False Claims Act” and (v) rules and regulations of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration.

(b)       The Company has not received any notice or communication from any Governmental Entity alleging noncompliance with any Healthcare Laws. There is no civil, criminal or administrative action, suit, demand, claim, complaint, hearing, investigation, notice, demand letter, warning letter, proceeding or request for information pending against the Company and the Company has no liability (whether actual or contingent) for failure to comply with any Healthcare Laws. There is no act, omission, event or circumstance that would reasonably be expected to give rise to any such action, suit, demand, claim, complaint, hearing, investigation, notice, demand letter, warning letter, proceeding or request for information or any such liability. There has not been any violation of any Healthcare Laws by the Company in its submissions or reports to any Governmental Entity that could reasonably be expected to require investigation, corrective action or enforcement action. There is no civil or criminal proceeding, or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened, relating to the Company or any Company director, officer or employee that involves a matter within or related to Healthcare Laws.

(c)       Any remuneration (including, without limitation, a “discount or reduction in price,” as referenced in 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(b)(3)(A)) exchanged between the Company and its customers, contractors, or other entities with which it has a business relationship (together, “Trading Partners”) has at all times been commercially reasonable and represents the fair market value for rendered services or purchased items. No remuneration exchanged between the Company and its Trading Partners has taken into account, either directly or indirectly, the

 

-34-

 

 


 

 

volume or value of any referrals or any other federal health care program business generated between the Company and such Trading Partners.

(d)       Neither the Company nor any of its current directors, officers, employees, or Trading Partners or, to the Company’s Knowledge, former directors, officers, employees or Trading Partners with respect to the period during which they were associated with the Company, has been debarred or subject to mandatory or permissive exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid, or any other federal or state healthcare program.

(e)       There has not been any violation of any Healthcare Laws by the Company in its maintenance of all records required under any Healthcare Laws that would give rise to any Company liability for such violation.

2.30     Disclosure. No representation or warranty by the Company contained in this Agreement, and no statement contained in the Disclosure Schedule or any other document, certificate or other instrument delivered or to be delivered by or on behalf of the Company pursuant to this Agreement, contains or will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omits or will omit to state any material fact necessary, in light of the circumstances under which it was or will be made, in order to make the statements herein or therein not misleading. The Company hereby expressly disclaims any representations or warranties contained in the Confidentiality Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit I, unless such representations or warranties are made in this Agreement or in the Disclosure Schedule. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, no representations or warranties have been made beyond, or in addition to, those expressly set forth herein and in any other agreements, documents or instruments executed and delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated hereunder.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PARENT

The Parent represents and warrants to the Company and the Constituents that the statements contained in this Article III are true and correct as of the date of this Agreement and will be true and correct as of the Closing as though made as of the Closing, except to the extent such representations and warranties are specifically made as of a particular date (in which case such representations and warranties will be true and correct as of such date).

3.1       Organization and Corporate Power. The Parent is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of California. The Parent has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on the businesses in which it is engaged and to own and use the properties owned and used by it.

3.2       Authorization of Transaction. The Parent has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. The execution and delivery by the Parent of this Agreement and the consummation by the Parent of the series of transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Parent. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Parent and constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Parent, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms and conditions, except to the extent such

 

-35-

 

 


 

 

enforceability is subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other law affecting or relating to creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

3.3       Noncontravention. Except for the filing of the Maryland Articles of Merger as required by the MGCL, neither the execution and delivery by the Parent of this Agreement, nor the consummation by the Parent of the transactions contemplated hereby, will (a) conflict with or violate any provision of the charter or by-laws of the Parent, (b) require on the part of the Parent any filing with, or permit, authorization, consent or approval of, any Governmental Entity, (c) conflict with, result in breach of, constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, result in the acceleration of obligations under, create in any party any right to terminate, modify or cancel, or require any notice, consent or waiver under, any contract or instrument to which the Parent is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its assets are subject, except for (i) any conflict, breach, default, acceleration, termination, modification or cancellation which would not adversely affect the consummation of the series of transactions contemplated hereby, or (ii) any notice, consent or waiver the absence of which would not adversely affect the consummation of the series of transactions contemplated hereby, or (d) violate any order, writ, injunction, decree, statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Parent or any of its properties or assets.

3.4       Litigation. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.4, as of the date of this Agreement, there is no action, suit, investigation or proceeding pending against or, to the Parent’s Knowledge, threatened against or affecting Parent or any of its respective officers or directors in their capacity as officers or directors of Parent before any court or arbitrator or any governmental body, agency or official, which in any manner challenges or seeks to prevent, enjoin, alter or materially delay any of the series of transactions contemplated hereby.

3.5       Disclosure. No representation or warranty by the Parent contained in this Agreement, and no statement contained in any schedule hereto or any other document, certificate or other instrument delivered or to be delivered by or on behalf of the Parent pursuant to this Agreement, contains or will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omits or will omit to state any material fact necessary, in light of the circumstances under which it was or will be made, in order to make the statements herein or therein not misleading.

3.6       Valid Issuance of Shares. The Parent Shares issued as part of the Closing Amount will, when issued and delivered to the Constituents in accordance with the terms hereof, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and issued in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

3.7

SEC Filings.

(a)       Since April 1, 2005 and through the date of this Agreement, the Parent has timely filed all required reports and forms and other documents (including exhibits and all other information incorporated therein) with the SEC (the “Parent SEC Filings”). As of their respective dates (and without giving effect to any amendments or modifications filed after the Closing Date), the Parent SEC Filings complied (and each of the Parent SEC filings filed after

 

-36-

 

 


 

 

the date of this Agreement but prior to the Closing Date, will comply) as to form with requirements of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, as the case may be, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder applicable to such Parent SEC Filings. As of their respective filing dates, each Parent SEC Filing filed prior to the date of this Agreement pursuant to the Securities Act or the Exchange Act did not (or in the case of Parent SEC Filings filed after the date of this Agreement but prior to the Closing Date, will not) contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(b)       Each of Parent’s consolidated statements of financial condition or balance sheets included in or incorporated by referenced into the Parent SEC Filings, including related notes and schedules, fairly presented in all material respects (or, in the case of Parent SEC Filings filed after the date of this Agreement but prior to the Closing Date, will fairly present in all material respects) the consolidated financial position of Parent and its Subsidiaries as of the date of such balance sheet and each of the Parent’s consolidated statements of income, cash flows and changes in stockholders’ equity included in or incorporated by reference into Parent SEC Filings, including any related notes and schedules, fairly presented in all material respects (or, in the case of Parent SEC Filings filed after the date of this Agreement but prior to the Closing Date, will fairly present in all material respects) the consolidated results of operations, cash flows and changes in stockholders’ equity, as the case may be, of Parent and its Subsidiaries for the periods set forth therein (subject, in the case of unaudited statements, to normal year-end audit adjustments), in each case in accordance with GAAP consistently applied during the periods involved (except as may be noted therein and except, in the case of unaudited statements, for the absence of notes).

3.8       Material Adverse Change. Except as has been publicly disclosed or is publicly disclosed prior to the date of this Agreement, since July 29, 2008, there have been no transactions, conditions or events which, individually, or in the aggregate constitute or has had a Parent Material Adverse Effect. Since January 1, 1998, the Parent has not received written notice from the SEC that it will require the Parent to restate any of the financial statements of the Parent included in the Parent SEC Filings or that the SEC is making an investigation of the Parent’s financial statements or accounting practices.

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PARENT AND MERGER SUB REGARDING MERGER SUB

The Parent and Merger Sub, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to the Company and the Constituents that the statements contained in this Article IV are true and correct as of the date of this Agreement and will be true and correct as of the Closing as though made as of the Closing, except to the extent such representations and warranties are specifically made as of a particular date (in which case such representations and warranties will be true and correct as of such date).

4.1       Organization and Corporate Power. The Merger Sub is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Maryland. The

 

-37-

 

 


 

 

Merger Sub has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on the businesses in which it is engaged and to own and use the properties owned and used by it.

4.2       Authorization of Transaction. The Merger Sub has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. The execution and delivery by the Merger Sub of this Agreement and the consummation by the Merger Sub of the series of transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Merger Sub. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Merger Sub and constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Merger Sub, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms and conditions, except to the extent such enforceability is subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other law affecting or relating to creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

4.3       Noncontravention. Except for the filing of the Maryland Articles of Merger as required by the MGCL, neither the execution and delivery by the Merger Sub of this Agreement, nor the consummation by the Merger Sub of the series of transactions contemplated hereby, will (a) conflict with or violate any provision of the charter or by-laws of the Merger Sub, (b) require on the part of the Merger Sub any filing with, or permit, authorization, consent or approval of, any Governmental Entity, (c) conflict with, result in breach of, constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, result in the acceleration of obligations under, create in any party any right to terminate, modify or cancel, or require any notice, consent or waiver under, any contract or instrument to which the Merger Sub is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its assets are subject, except for (i) any conflict, breach, default, acceleration, termination, modification or cancellation which would not adversely affect the consummation of the series of transactions contemplated hereby or (ii) any notice, consent or waiver the absence of which would not adversely affect the consummation of the series of transactions contemplated hereby, or (d) violate any order, writ, injunction, decree, statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Merger Sub or any of its properties or assets.

4.4       Litigation. As of the date of this Agreement, there is no action, suit, investigation or proceeding pending against or, to the Merger Sub’s Knowledge, threatened against or affecting Merger Sub or any of its respective officers or directors in their capacity as officers or directors of Merger Sub before any court or arbitrator or any governmental body, agency or official, which in any manner challenges or seeks to prevent, enjoin, alter or materially delay any of the series of transactions contemplated hereby.

4.5       Disclosure. No representation or warranty by the Merger Sub contained in this Agreement, and no statement contained in any schedule hereto or any other document, certificate or other instrument delivered or to be delivered by or on behalf of the Merger Sub pursuant to this Agreement, contains or will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omits or will omit to state any material fact necessary, in light of the circumstances under which it was or will be made, in order to make the statements herein or therein not misleading.

 

-38-

 

 


 

 

ARTICLE V

PRE-CLOSING AND POST-CLOSING COVENANTS

5.1       Closing Efforts. Each of the Parties shall use its Reasonable Best Efforts to take all actions and to do all things necessary, proper or advisable to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including using its Reasonable Best Efforts to ensure that (i) its representations and warranties remain true and correct in all material respects through the Closing Date and (ii) the conditions to the obligations of the other Parties to consummate the Merger are satisfied.

 

5.2

Governmental and Third-Party Notices and Consents.

(a)       Each Party shall use its Reasonable Best Efforts to obtain, at its expense, all waivers, permits, consents, approvals or other authorizations from Governmental Entities, and to effect all registrations, filings and notices with or to Governmental Entities, as may be required for such Party to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to otherwise comply with all applicable laws and regulations in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(b)       The Company shall use its Reasonable Best Efforts to obtain, at its expense, all such waivers, consents or approvals from third parties, and to give all such notices to third parties, as are required to be listed in the Disclosure Schedule or resulting from the delivery requirements set forth in Section 6.

5.3       Operation of Business. Except as contemplated by this Agreement, during the period from the date of this Agreement to the Closing, the Company shall conduct its operations in the Ordinary Course of Business and in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and, to the extent consistent therewith, use its Reasonable Best Efforts to preserve intact its current business organization, keep its physical assets in good working condition, keep available the services of its current officers and employees and preserve its relationships with customers, suppliers and others having business dealings with it to the end that its goodwill and ongoing business shall not be impaired in any material respect. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, prior to the Closing, the Company shall not, without the written consent of the Parent:

(a)       except pursuant to the exercise of existing Options or the removal of restrictions on any restricted stock of the Company, issue or sell any stock or other securities of the Company or any options, warrants or rights to acquire any such stock or other securities, or amend any of the terms of (including the vesting of) any options, warrants or restricted stock agreements, or repurchase or redeem any stock or other securities of the Company;

(b)       split, combine or reclassify any shares of its capital stock; or declare, set aside or pay any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, stock or property or any combination thereof) in respect of its capital stock;

(c)       create, incur or assume any indebtedness (including obligations in respect of capital leases), other than changes in the principal balance of the Company line of credit; assume, guarantee, endorse or otherwise become liable or responsible (whether directly,

 

-39-

 

 


 

 

contingently or otherwise) for the obligations of any other Person; or make any loans, advances or capital contributions to, or investments in, any other Person;

(d)       enter into, adopt or amend any Employee Benefit Plan or any employment or severance agreement or arrangement of the type described in Section 2.21(k) or increase in any manner the compensation or fringe benefits of, or materially modify the employment terms of, its directors, officers or employees, generally or individually, or pay any bonus or other benefit to its directors, officers or employees (except for (i) existing payment obligations listed in Section 2.21 of the Disclosure Schedule, (ii) the bonuses listed in Section 5.3(d) of the Disclosure Schedule, which bonus shall be accrued for on the Final Balance Sheet and paid by the Surviving Corporation with ten (10) Business Days after the Closing Date, or (iii) bonuses otherwise paid in the Ordinary Course of Business and not in excess of $10,000) or hire any new officers or (except in the Ordinary Course of Business) any new employees;

(e)       acquire, sell, lease, license or dispose of any assets or property other than purchases and sales of assets in the Ordinary Course of Business with a value not in excess of $50,000;

(f)        mortgage or pledge any of its property or assets or subject any such property or assets to any Security Interest;

(g)       discharge or satisfy any Security Interest or pay any obligation or liability other than in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(h)       amend its Articles of Incorporation, By-laws or other organizational documents;

(i)        change its accounting methods, principles or practices, except insofar as may be required by a generally applicable change in GAAP, or make any new elections, or changes to any current elections, with respect to Taxes;

(j)        enter into, amend, terminate, take or omit to take any action that would constitute a violation of or default under, or waive any rights under, any contract or agreement of a nature required to be listed in Section 2.12, Section 2.13 or Section 2.14 of the Disclosure Schedule (other than new customer agreements providing for the payment by the customer of not more than $100,000 per annum individually or $400,000 per annum for all such agreements in the aggregate);

(k)       make or commit to make any capital expenditure in excess of $50,000 per item or $100,000 in the aggregate;

 

(l)

institute or settle any Legal Proceeding;

(m)      take any action of a nature required to be listed in Section 2.7 of the Disclosure Schedule;

(n)       take any action or fail to take any action permitted by this Agreement with the knowledge that such action or failure to take action would result in (i) any of the

 

-40-

 

 


 

 

representations and warranties of the Indemnifying Stockholders or of the Company set forth in this Agreement becoming untrue or (ii) any of the conditions to the Merger set forth in Article VI not being satisfied; or

 

(o)

agree in writing or otherwise to take any of the foregoing actions.

 

5.4

Access to Information.

From the date of this Agreement until the Closing, the Company shall permit representatives of the Parent to have access (at reasonable times, and in a manner so as not to unreasonably interfere with the normal business operations of the Company) to all premises, properties, financial, tax and accounting records (including the work papers of the Company’s independent accountants), contracts, other records and documents, and personnel, of or pertaining to the Company (other than attorney/client privileged information or attorney work product regarding or related to the drafting and negotiation of this Agreement, the other agreements and documents contemplated hereby, and transactions contemplated hereby and thereby). Parent shall not meet with the Company’s customers and suppliers (in person or otherwise) to discuss, and shall use its Reasonable Best Efforts not to discuss otherwise with such customers or suppliers, the Company’s relationship with such customers or suppliers without informing the Company reasonably in advance of such meeting and giving the Company the opportunity to be present at such meeting.

 

5.5

Notice of Breaches.

(a)       From the date of this Agreement until the Closing, the Company shall promptly deliver to the Parent supplemental information concerning events or circumstances occurring subsequent to the date hereof which would render any representation, warranty or statement in this Agreement or the Disclosure Schedule inaccurate or incomplete at any time after the date of this Agreement until the Closing. No such supplemental information shall be deemed to avoid or cure any misrepresentation or breach of warranty or constitute an amendment of any representation, warranty or statement in this Agreement or the Disclosure Schedule unless Parent expressly agrees in writing.

(b)       From the date of this Agreement until the Closing, the Parent shall promptly deliver to the Company supplemental information concerning events or circumstances occurring subsequent to the date hereof which would render any representation or warranty in this Agreement inaccurate or incomplete at any time after the date of this Agreement until the Closing. No such supplemental information shall be deemed to avoid or cure any misrepresentation or breach of warranty or constitute an amendment of any representation or warranty in this Agreement unless the Stockholder Representatives expressly agree in writing.

 

5.6

Exclusivity.

(a)       From the date of this Agreement until the Closing or otherwise upon termination of this Agreement, the Company shall not, and the Company shall require each of its officers, directors, employees, representatives, stockholders and agents not to, directly or indirectly, (i) initiate, solicit, encourage or otherwise facilitate any inquiry, proposal, offer or discussion with any party (other than the Parent) concerning any merger, reorganization,

 

-41-

 

 


 

 

consolidation, recapitalization, business combination, liquidation, dissolution, share exchange, sale of stock, sale of material assets or similar business transaction involving the Company or any division of the Company, (ii) furnish any non-public information concerning the business, properties or assets of the Company or any division of the Company to any party (other than the Parent or its representatives) or (iii) engage in discussions or negotiations with any party (other than the Parent) concerning any such transaction.

(b)       The Company shall immediately notify any party with which discussions or negotiations of the nature described in paragraph (a) above were pending that the Company is terminating such discussions or negotiations. If the Company or any Company Stockholder receives any inquiry, proposal or offer of the nature described in paragraph (a) above, the Company shall, within three (3) Business Days after such receipt, notify the Parent of such inquiry, proposal or offer, including the identity of the other party and the terms of such inquiry, proposal or offer.

5.7       Expenses. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, each of the Parties shall bear its own costs and expenses (including legal, investment banking and accounting fees and expenses) incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall not pay any costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby including, but not limited to, those fees, costs and other expenses of Whiteford Taylor & Preston, LLP not otherwise accrued on the Final Balance Sheet.

5.8       Proprietary Information. From and after the Closing, no Company Stockholder shall disclose or make use of, and each Company Stockholder shall cause all of his Affiliates not to disclose or make use of, any knowledge, information or documents of a confidential nature or not generally known to the public with respect to the Company or the Parent and their respective businesses (including the financial information, technical information or data relating to the Company’s services and names of customers of the Company), except to the extent that such knowledge, information or documents shall have become public knowledge other than through improper disclosure by any Company Stockholder or an Affiliate.

 

5.9

Stockholder Approval.

(a)       The Company shall call a special meeting of the Company Stockholders as promptly as practicable and shall use its Reasonable Best Efforts to obtain, as promptly as practicable, the Requisite Stockholder Approval at the special meeting of Company Stockholders, all in accordance with the applicable requirements of the MGCL. In connection with such special meeting of Company Stockholders, the Company shall provide to the Company Stockholders the Information Statement, which shall include (A) a summary of the Merger and this Agreement (which summary shall include a summary of the terms relating to the indemnification obligations of the Constituents and the authority of the Stockholder Representatives, and a statement that the adoption of this Agreement by the Company Stockholders shall constitute approval of such terms), and (B) if applicable, a statement that appraisal rights are available for the Company Shares pursuant to Title 3, Subtitle 2 of the MCGL and a copy of such Title 3, Subtitle 2. The Parent agrees to cooperate with the Company in the preparation of the Information Statement. The Company agrees not to distribute the

 

-42-

 

 


 

 

Information Statement until the Parent has had a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on the Information Statement and the Information Statement has been approved by the Parent (which approval may not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). The Company shall not disclose Parent’s review of such Information Statement in an effort to solicit support for the Merger, nor shall any mention of Parent’s review or approval be set forth therein.

(b)       The Company shall ensure that the Information Statement does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (provided that the Company shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any information concerning the Parent or the Merger Sub furnished in writing for inclusion of the Information Statement).

5.10     Confidentiality. Each of the parties hereto agrees that the information obtained in any investigation pursuant to the negotiation and execution of this Agreement or the effectuation of the transaction contemplated hereby, shall be governed by the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit I, provided, however, that Parent may make such disclosures as may be required under applicable law.

 

5.11

Employee Benefit Plans.

(a)       Provided that the cost to the Surviving Corporation and Parent and any of their Affiliates is not more than 120% of the costs on a per capita basis incurred by the Company for such plans and benefits during the one year period immediately prior to Closing, then for a period of twelve months following the Closing (the “Transition Period”), the Parent or Surviving Corporation or their Affiliates will maintain such of the Company’s group medical benefit plans and other employee benefit plans, programs and policies, or substantially similar plans, programs and policies, as are in effect as of the Closing and set forth on Section 5.11(a) of the Disclosure Schedule. On, or as soon as reasonably practicable after the end of the Transition Period, the Parent or Surviving Corporation or their Affiliates will cause the Company’s employees that, as of such date, have become employees of the Parent or Surviving Corporation or their Affiliates to be eligible for coverage under a group medical benefit plan and other employee benefit plans, programs and policies which are the same as or comparable to those maintained for similarly situated employees of the Parent or its Affiliates. Nothing set forth herein shall (i) constitute an offer or guarantee of such employment by Parent, Surviving Corporation or any of their Affiliates or (ii) constitute an offer or guarantee of by Parent, Surviving Corporation or any of their Affiliates that it will be able to maintain such plans or that Parent or Surviving Corporation or any of their Affiliates will offer any particular employee benefit plan, to any particular employee or that Parent or Surviving Corporation or any of their Affiliates will offer any employee benefit plan at all to any of its employees.

(b)       Parent hereby agrees that, from and after the last day of the Transition Period, Parent shall grant or cause the Surviving Corporation to grant all employees of the Company who are still employed by Parent, Surviving Corporation or any of their Affiliates as of the last day after the Transition Period credit for any service with the Company earned prior to the end of the Transition Period for: (i) purposes of vacation accrual under any employee vacation plan or policy established or maintained by Parent, Surviving Corporation or any of

 

-43-

 

 


 

 

their Affiliates on or after the Transition Period, (ii) eligibility and vesting under Parent’s, Surviving Corporation’s or any of their Affiliate’s 401k plan existing as of the end of the Transition Period, and (iii) fulfillment of the one year eligibility waiting periods requirements under any of Parent’s, Surviving Corporation’s or any of their Affiliate’s health insurance plan existing as of the Transition Period. Parent shall amend or cause the Surviving Corporation to amend its health insurance and retirement plans (to the extent permitted by such plans) and its vacation plans or policies as necessary to accommodate the grant of service credit for employees of the Company.

(c)       Parent hereby agrees that, from and after the Closing Date, Parent shall provide, or cause the Surviving Corporation to provide, continuation of health insurance coverage pursuant to COBRA to each “qualified beneficiary,” within the meaning of COBRA and the regulations thereunder, who was continuing coverage under the Company’s health insurance plans pursuant to COBRA as of the Closing Date, and to each employee of the Company that become employed by the Parent, Surviving Corporation or their Affiliates and who is, or becomes, a “qualified beneficiary” within the meaning of COBRA and the regulations thereunder and who loses coverage under the Company’s health insurance plans due to a “qualifying event” within the meaning of COBRA and the regulations thereunder during the Transition Period.

 

5.12

Parent Options.

(a)       Options to purchase Parent Shares shall be granted, and agreements representing the same substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit J shall be issued, by Parent to the Company employees set forth on, and representing the right to purchase such number of Parent Shares per such employee calculated in accordance with, Section 5.12(a) of the Disclosure Schedule as soon as reasonably practical after Closing in accordance with Parent’s plans and policies regarding the granting of options (including, but not limited to, any blackout periods), which options to purchase Parent Shares shall in the aggregate have a Black-Scholes valuation on the date of grant equal to $1,000,000.

(b)       In addition to the options described in Section 5.12(a), Parent shall grant options to purchase 50,000 Parent Shares, and issue agreements representing the same substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit K, in accordance with and subject to the conditions set forth on Section 5.12(b) of the Disclosure Schedule, the granting of which options to be made in accordance with Parent’s plans and policies regarding the granting of options (including, but not limited to, any blackout periods).

5.13     Bonus Pool. Surviving Corporation will make available a bonus pool for each of the first two years following the Closing (the “Bonus Pool”). The terms and administration of the Bonus Pool and the payment of any amounts thereunder shall be conducted and made in accordance with Section 5.13 of the Disclosure Schedule.

5.14     Grant of Certain Authority. The Surviving Corporation shall grant Mr. Good those certain authorities as are set forth in Section 5.14 of the Disclosure Schedule.

 

-44-

 

 


 

 

5.15     Issuance of Parent Shares. The Parent shall work in good faith to ensure that the stock certificates representing the Parent Shares portion of the Closing Amount be issued to the Constituents entitled thereto as soon as reasonably practicable after the Closing pursuant to the issuance order referenced in Section 1.3(b)(iv) above.

ARTICLE VI

CONDITIONS TO CONSUMMATION OF MERGER

6.1       Conditions to Obligations of the Parent and Merger Sub. The obligation of the Parent and Merger Sub to consummate the Merger is subject to the satisfaction (or waiver by the Parent) of the following additional conditions:

(a)       Dissenting Shares (Section 1.8) shall not exceed 4% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company;

(b)       the Company shall have obtained at its own expense (and shall have provided copies thereof to the Parent) all of the waivers, permits, consents, approvals, novations or other authorizations whatsoever, and effected all of the registrations, filings and notices which are required on the part of the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the consents set forth in Section 2.4(c) of the Disclosure Schedule (provided, however, that obtaining the consents, releases and waivers set forth in Section 1.9(b)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule shall not be a condition to Closing), and to otherwise comply with all applicable laws and regulations in connection with the consummation of the series of transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(c)       the representations and warranties of the Company and the Indemnifying Stockholders set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing except to the extent they pertain to a different date;

(d)       the Company and each of the Constituents shall each have performed or complied with in all material respects its or his agreements and covenants required to be performed or complied with under this Agreement as of or prior to the Closing;

(e)       no Legal Proceeding shall be pending or threatened wherein an unfavorable judgment, order, decree, stipulation or injunction would (i) prevent consummation of the series of transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any one of them, (ii) cause the series of transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any one of them to be rescinded following consummation or (iii) have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect, and no such judgment, order, decree, stipulation or injunction shall be in effect;

(f)        the Company shall have delivered to the Parent the Company Certificate;

(g)       the Parent shall have received the resignations, effective as of the Closing, of each director and officer of the Company specified by the Parent;

(h)       the Parent shall have received such other certificates and instruments (including certificates of good standing of the Company in its jurisdiction of organization,

 

-45-

 

 


 

 

certified charter documents, certificates as to the incumbency of officers and the adoption of authorizing resolutions) as it shall reasonably request in connection with the Closing;

(i)        Perry Snyder and Don Good shall have entered into an employment agreement (including noncompete, invention assignment and non-solicitation provisions) with the Surviving Corporation that is acceptable to the Surviving Corporation;

 

(j)

all Company Stock Plans shall have been terminated;

(k)       since the date of this Agreement, there will not have occurred and there will have been no change, event or development that has had or may reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect;

(l)        all outstanding Options shall have been exercised or terminated and all holders of Options shall have delivered their respective Option Termination Agreements and all Company Stock Plans shall have been terminated;

(m)      the Parent shall have received from each Constituent an executed Confidential Investor Questionnaire in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H;

(n)       the Company shall have obtained the Requisite Stockholder Approval of the Company Stockholders;

(o)       the Parent shall have received the legal opinion of the Company’s counsel substantially in the form of Exhibit G, attached hereto, dated as of the date of this Agreement; and

(p)       the Company shall have purchased tail coverage D&O and employment practices insurance, and shall have accrued the cost of purchasing tail coverage E&O insurance, covering any claims made within two (2) years after the Closing Date that are based upon or relate to acts, events or omissions that occurred any time prior to Closing, such insurance to have deductibles and coverage amounts that are no less favorable to the Company and the Surviving Corporation as the insurance the Company had in place during the six months immediately prior to Closing. In the event the coverage that would be afforded to the Surviving Corporation through the purchase of the aforementioned tail coverage E&O insurance is already covered by Parent’s insurance policies as in place at Closing and without any additional cost to Parent, the accrual for the cost of purchasing tail coverage E&O insurance shall be reversed for purposes of calculating the Final Balance Sheet.

6.2       Conditions to Obligations of the Company. The obligation of the Company to consummate the Merger is subject to the satisfaction (or waiver by the Company) of the following additional conditions:

(a)       the Parent shall have obtained at its own expense (and shall have provided copies thereof to the Company) all of the waivers, permits, consents, approvals or other authorizations, and effected all of the registrations, filings and notices which are required on the part of the Parent and/or the Merger Sub to consummate the series of transactions contemplated

 

-46-

 

 


 

 

by this Agreement and to otherwise comply with all applicable laws and regulations in connection with the consummation of the series of transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(b)       the representations and warranties of the Parent and Merger Sub set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing except to the extent they pertain to a different date;

(c)       each of the Parent and the Merger Sub shall have performed or complied with in all material respects its agreements and covenants required to be performed or complied with under this Agreement as of or prior to the Closing;

(d)       no Legal Proceeding shall be pending or threatened wherein an unfavorable judgment, order, decree, stipulation or injunction would (i) prevent consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (ii) cause the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be rescinded following consummation, and no such judgment, order, decree, stipulation or injunction shall be in effect;

 

(e)

the Parent shall have delivered to the Company the Parent Certificate;

(f)        the Company shall have received such other certificates and instruments (including certificates of good standing of the Parent and Merger Sub in their respective jurisdiction of organization, certified charter documents, certificates as to the incumbency of officers and the adoption of authorizing resolutions) as it shall reasonably request in connection with the Closing;

(g)       the Surviving Corporation shall have entered into separate employment agreements with each of Perry Snyder and Don Good that is reasonably acceptable to each of such individuals, respectively;

(h)       the Parent shall have delivered to the Stockholder Representatives an executed Registration Rights Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit L;

(i)        the Parent’s board of directors shall have approved the option grants contemplated by Section 5.12 of this Agreement; and

(j)        since the date of this Agreement, there will not have occurred and there will have been no change, event or development that has had or may reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Parent Material Adverse Effect.

 

-47-

 

 


 

 

ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION

7.1       Indemnification by the Constituents. Except as otherwise set forth in this Article VII, the Indemnifying Stockholders shall severally, and not jointly, indemnify the Parent in respect of, and hold it harmless against, any and all Damages incurred or suffered by the Surviving Corporation or the Parent or any Affiliate thereof resulting from, relating to or constituting the matters set forth in this Section 7.1. For purposes of clarity, “severally, and not jointly” as used in the immediately preceding sentence shall relate only to the respective liability of the Indemnifying Stockholders and shall in no way prohibit Parent from joining all Indemnifying Stockholders in a single proceeding to seek indemnification hereunder. In addition to the foregoing, and not by way of limitation, the Parent’s right to indemnification hereunder shall not be affected by (i) any investigation conducted by Parent or any of its Affiliates; or (ii) any disclosures in the Disclosure Schedule that are referenced in Section 7.1 to the Disclosure Schedule.

(a)       Any breach of any representation or warranty of the Company or the Indemnifying Stockholders contained in this Agreement (other than any breach or alleged breach of Section 2.9 of this Agreement which shall be resolved pursuant to Article VIII of this Agreement) or any other agreement or instrument furnished by the Company or any Constituent to the Parent, the Merger Sub, the Surviving Corporation or any other Affiliate of the Parent pursuant to this Agreement, as though such representations and warranties were restated and made at and as of the Closing Date;

(b)       Any failure to perform any covenant or agreement of the Company or any Constituent contained in this Agreement or any agreement or instrument furnished by the Company or any Constituent to the Parent, the Merger Sub, the Surviving Corporation or any other Affiliate of the Parent pursuant to this Agreement;

(c)       Any failure of any Constituent to have good, valid and marketable title to the issued and outstanding Company Shares or Options, as the case may be, registered in such Constituent’s name, free and clear of all Security Interests;

(d)       Any costs, fees or expenses (including, but not limited to, attorneys’ fees and expenses) related to any dissenting Company Stockholder’s right to, or claim or demand for, appraisal under the MGCL or the settlement or satisfaction thereof;

(e)       Any claim by a Company Stockholder, Option holder or former stockholder or option or warrant holder of the Company (including, but not limited to, a holder or former holder of Dissenting Shares), or any other Person, seeking to assert, or based upon: (i) ownership or rights to ownership of any shares of stock of the Company which differ from those set forth in the Disclosure Schedule; (ii) any rights of a stockholder (other than the right to receive the Aggregate Transaction Consideration pursuant to this Agreement), including any option, preemptive rights or rights to notice or to vote; (iii) any rights under the Articles of Incorporation or By-laws of the Company; (iv) any claim that his, her or its shares were wrongfully repurchased by the Company; (v) any inaccuracy or misstatement in a Payment Information Certificate, with respect or related to any Payment Information, or any release or

 

-48-

 

 


 

 

disbursement of any Escrow Amount in accordance with the Payment Information set forth in any Payment Information Certificate; or

(f)        Any Third Party Actions concerning matters related to the Company which matter giving rise to the Third Party Action occurred prior to the Closing Date, regardless of when such Third Party Action is filed or otherwise instituted.

(g)       To the extent any Damages to which the Parent is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article VII consists of (i) fees, costs and expenses of Parent’s, the Surviving Corporation’s or their Affiliate’s outside legal counsel and professional advisors or (ii) amounts paid to a third-party as part of a judgment, settlement or other resolution of a Third Party Claim, then in such event Parent shall be entitled to indemnification at the rate of 110% of any such Damages actually incurred by Parent, the Surviving Corporation or their Affiliates. To the extent any director or employee of the Parent, the Surviving Corporation or their Affiliates (including, but not limited to, individuals that may be Constituents) spends time managing, negotiating, overseeing, preparing for, defending or otherwise focusing their time on claims or other matters to which the Parent is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article VII, the Parent shall be entitled (in addition to any other indemnification to which it is entitled hereunder) to indemnification for each hour (or six minute intervals of a partial hour) spent by any such director or employee at the rate of 150% of such director’s or employee’s Per Hour Rate. The Parent shall also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to, and at the rates set forth in, this Section 7.1(g) for (i) fees, costs and expenses of Parent’s, the Surviving Corporation’s or their Affiliate’s outside legal counsel and professional advisors and (ii) time spent by any director or employee of the Parent, the Surviving Corporation or their Affiliates (including, but not limited to, individuals that may be Constituents), in connection with or related to (A) the review, negotiation and approval of the consents, releases and/or waivers contemplated by Section 1.9(b)(i) of this Agreement or (B) any dispute regarding or under a contract or agreement to which consents, releases and/or waivers are required to be obtained pursuant to Section 1.9(b)(i) of this Agreement.

7.2       Indemnification by the Parent. The Parent shall indemnify the Constituents in respect of, and hold them harmless against, any and all Damages incurred or suffered by the Constituents resulting from, relating to or constituting:

(a)       any breach of any representation or warranty of the Parent or the Merger Sub contained in this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument furnished by the Parent or the Merger Sub to the Company or the Stockholder Representatives pursuant to this Agreement; or

(b)       any failure to perform any covenant or agreement of the Parent or the Merger Sub contained in this Agreement or any agreement or instrument furnished by the Parent or the Merger Sub to the Company or the Stockholder Representatives pursuant to this Agreement.

 

7.3

Indemnification Claims.

 

-49-

 

 


 

 

(a)       Notice of Third Party Actions. An Indemnified Party shall give written notification to the Indemnifying Party of the commencement of any Third Party Action. Such notification shall be given within twenty (20) days after receipt by the Indemnified Party of notice of such Third Party Action, and shall describe in reasonable detail (to the extent known by the Indemnified Party) the facts constituting the basis for such Third Party Action and the amount of the claimed Damages; provided, however, that no delay or failure on the part of the Indemnified Party in so notifying the Indemnifying Party shall relieve the Indemnifying Party of any liability or obligation hereunder except to the extent of any damage or liability caused by or arising out of such failure.

(b)       Indemnification by the Constituents of Third Party Actions. The obligations and liabilities of the Constituents with respect to a Third Party Action for which the Parent is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article VII will be subject to the following terms and conditions. The Parent will have the right (including the selection of counsel) to defend against, direct the defense of, or settle any such Third Party Action and any related Legal Proceeding, but the Stockholder Representatives must reasonably cooperate in the defense thereof. In connection therewith, the Parent agrees (i) to keep the Stockholder Representatives reasonably informed of its defense and resolution of the Third Party Action, (ii) to report to the Stockholder Representatives in writing, at least quarterly, as to the amount of Damages (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred as of the date of such report, and (iii) that it will make reasonable judgments with respect to incurring costs and expenses (including the selection of outside counsel) in a similar matter and based on similar factors as it does for similar third party claims for which it has no claim against the Constituents for indemnification. No compromise, discharge or settlement of, or admission of liability in connection with, such claims may be effected by the Parent without the written consent of the Stockholder Representatives (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), unless the Parent has waived any right to indemnification therefor by the Constituents. So long as the Parent is conducting the defense of the Third Party Action in accordance with clause (ii) of this Section 7.3(b), the Stockholder Representatives may retain separate co-counsel at their sole cost and expense and participate in the defense of the Third Party Action.

(c)       Indemnification by the Parent of Third Party Actions. The obligations and liabilities of Parent hereunder with respect to a Third Party Action for which the Constituents are entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article VII will be subject to the following terms and conditions:

(i)        The Parent will have the right, but not the obligation, to defend against and to direct the defense of any such Third Party Action and any related Legal Proceeding at the Parent’s sole cost and expense and with counsel of Parent’s choosing (subject to the approval of the Stockholder Representatives, which will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and the Stockholder Representatives will reasonably cooperate in the defense thereof. The Stockholder Representatives may participate in such defense with counsel of their own choosing, provided that the Parent will not, following written notice of its election to defend against and direct the defense of any such Third Party Action, be liable to the Constituents under this Article VII for any fees of other counsel or any other expenses with respect to the defense of such Legal Proceeding incurred by the Constituents in connection with the defense of such Legal Proceeding unless the Constituents are also a party to such Third Party Action and the

 

-50-

 

 


 

 

Stockholder Representatives determine in good faith that Constituents have available to them one or more defenses or counterclaims that are inconsistent with those of the Parent. If the Parent assumes the defense of a Third Party Action, no compromise, discharge or settlement of, or admission of liability in connection with, such claims may be effected by the Parent without the written consent of the Stockholder Representatives (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) unless (x) there is no finding or admission of any violation of law or any violation of the rights of any Person and no effect on any other claims that may be made against the Constituents, and (y) the sole relief provided is monetary damages that are paid in full by the Parent. The Parent will have no liability with respect to any compromise or settlement of such claims effected without its written consent (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

(ii)       Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.3(c)(i) of this Agreement, if the Parent fails or refuses to undertake the defense of such Third Party Action within fourteen (14) days after delivery of written notification to the Parent of the commencement of such Third Party Action or if the Parent later withdraws from such defense, the Stockholder Representatives will have the right to undertake the defense of such claim with counsel of their own choosing, with the Parent responsible for the costs and expenses of such defense and bound by any determination made in such Third Party Action or any compromise or settlement effected by the Constituents.

(d)       In order to seek indemnification under this Article VII, an Indemnified Party shall deliver a Claim Notice to the Indemnifying Party. If the Indemnified Party is the Parent and is seeking to enforce such claim pursuant to the Escrow Agreement, the Indemnifying Party shall deliver a copy of the Claim Notice to the Escrow Agent.

(e)       Within 20 days after delivery of a Claim Notice, the Indemnifying Party shall deliver to the Indemnified Party a Response, in which the Indemnifying Party shall either: (i) agree that the Indemnified Party is entitled to receive all of the Claimed Amount (in which case the Response shall be accompanied by a payment by the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Party of the Claimed Amount, by check or by wire transfer, provided that if the Indemnified Party is the Parent and is seeking to enforce such claim pursuant to the Escrow Agreement, the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall deliver to the Escrow Agent, within three (3) days following the delivery of the Response, a written notice executed by both parties instructing the Escrow Agent to release the Claimed Amount to the Parent from the Escrow Amount); (ii) agree that the Indemnified Party is entitled to receive the Agreed Amount (in which case the Response shall be accompanied by a payment by the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Party of the Agreed Amount, by check or by wire transfer, provided that if the Indemnified Party is the Parent and is seeking to enforce such claim pursuant to the Escrow Agreement, the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall deliver to the Escrow Agent, within three (3) days following the delivery of the Response, a written notice executed by both parties instructing the Escrow Agent to release the Claimed Amount to the Parent from the Escrow Amount); or (iii) dispute that the Indemnified Party is entitled to receive any of the Claimed Amount.

(f)        During the 30-day period following the delivery of a Response that reflects a Dispute, the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall use good faith efforts

 

-51-

 

 


 

 

to resolve the Dispute. If the Dispute is not resolved within such 30-day period, such Dispute shall be settled by final, binding arbitration pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. § 1 et seq., in accordance with the applicable rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) in effect at such time, which will be the sole and exclusive procedures for any such disagreement. The arbitration will be heard before a sole neutral arbitrator mutually agreed upon by the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party. If such Parties cannot agree upon such an arbitrator within ten (10) Business Days after the date referenced in the first sentence of this subsection (iii), AAA will appoint an arbitrator with expertise in the general industry of the business engaged in by the Surviving Corporation. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the arbitrator will have no authority to award any special, punitive, exemplary, consequential, incidental or indirect losses or Damages. Judgment upon any award granted in a proceeding brought pursuant to this subsection (f) may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. If the Indemnified Party is the Parent and is seeking to enforce the claim that is the subject of the Dispute pursuant to the Escrow Agreement, the Indemnifying Party shall deliver to the Escrow Agent, promptly following resolution of the Dispute (whether by mutual agreement, arbitral decision or otherwise), a written notice executed by both parties instructing the Escrow Agent as to what (if any) portion of the Escrow Amount shall be released to the Parent and/or the Indemnifying Stockholders (which notice shall be consistent with the terms of the resolution of the Dispute). All arbitration proceedings will take place in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, unless the Dispute or a portion thereof relates to or involves (i) a contract or agreement to which consents, releases and/or waivers are required to be obtained pursuant to Section 1.9(b)(i) of this Agreement, or (ii) the Parent’s right to indemnification pursuant to the last sentence of Section 7.1(g), in which case the arbitration proceedings will take place in Orange County, California. Should it become necessary to resort or respond to court proceedings to enforce a Party’s compliance with Article VII, such proceedings will be brought only in the federal or state courts located in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania or Orange County, California, as applicable (determined based on the nature of and corresponding location for arbitration of the Dispute in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence), which will have exclusive jurisdiction to resolve any disputes with respect to Article VII, with each Party irrevocably consenting to the jurisdiction thereof.

7.4       Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties that are covered by the indemnification agreements in Section 7.1(a) and Section 7.2(a) of this Agreement shall (a) survive the Closing and (b) shall expire on the date which is twenty-four (24) months following the Closing Date except for those representations and warranties concerning Capitalization (Section 2.2), Taxes (Section 2.9), Employee Benefits (Section 2.21) and Environmental (Section 2.22), which shall be for their respective statute of limitations. If an Indemnified Party delivers to an Indemnifying Party, before expiration of a representation or warranty, either a Claim Notice based upon a breach of such representation or warranty, or an Expected Claim Notice based upon a breach of such representation or warranty, then the applicable representation or warranty shall survive until, but only to the extent of, and for purposes of the resolution of, the specific matter covered by such notice. If the Legal Proceeding or written claim with respect to which an Expected Claim Notice has been given is definitively withdrawn or resolved, the Indemnified Party shall promptly so notify the Indemnifying Party and if the Indemnified Party has delivered a copy of the Expected Claim Notice to the Escrow Agent with respect to such Expected Claim Notice, the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall promptly deliver to the Escrow Agent a written notice executed by both parties

 

-52-

 

 


 

 

instructing the Escrow Agent to release such retained funds from the Escrow Amount in accordance with the resolution of such matter pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement. The rights to indemnification set forth in this Article VII shall not be affected by (i) any investigation or due diligence conducted by or on behalf of an Indemnified Party or any knowledge acquired (or capable of being acquired) by an Indemnified Party, whether before or after the date of this Agreement or the Closing Date, with respect to the inaccuracy or noncompliance with any representation, warranty, covenant or obligation which is the subject of indemnification hereunder or (ii) any waiver by an Indemnified Party of any Closing condition relating to the accuracy of representations and warranties or the performance of or compliance with agreements and covenants.

7.5       Treatment of Indemnity Payments. Any payments made to an Indemnified Party pursuant to this Article VII shall be treated as an adjustment to the Aggregate Transaction Consideration for Tax purposes.

 

7.6

Limitations.

(a)       No claim for indemnity under this Agreement may be made unless (i) the amount of determined indemnifiable Damages incurred with respect to such claim exceeds fifteen thousand dollars ($15,000), and (ii) the aggregate of all claims for Damages exceeds one hundred fifty thousand dollars ($150,000), at which time claims may be made for the amount of by which the aggregate of all such claims for Damages exceeds one hundred fifty thousand dollars ($150,000). By way of example only, if there are a series of claims that aggregate $150,001, then Parent may make a claim for indemnity in the amount of $1; and thereafter may make claims for indemnity for the entire amount of such claims. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Parent’s right to the following indemnity shall not be subject to the limitations, and shall be without regard to the threshold amounts, of this Section 7.6(a): (i) the indemnity obligations set forth in Section 7.1(d) and the last sentence of Section 7.1(g) and (ii) any Third Party Action regarding or under a contract or agreement to which consents, releases and/or waivers are required to be obtained pursuant to Section 1.9(b)(i) of this Agreement.

(b)       The Parent shall be limited to the following rights in satisfying its claims for Damages under Section 1.6 and 1.8 and Article VII and VIII:

(i)        The Parent shall have the obligation to satisfy any indemnifiable Damages which it may determine under Sections 1.6 and 1.8 and Articles VII and VIII hereof first from the Escrow Amount and then as set forth in subsection (ii) hereof.

(ii)       To the extent that the Escrow Amount is insufficient to pay in full any determined indemnifiable Damages under Sections 1.6 and 1.8 and Articles VII and VIII hereof, the Parent shall have the right to set off any determined indemnifiable Damages under Sections 1.6 and 1.8 and Articles VII and VIII hereof against any amounts payable, but not yet paid, to the Constituents hereunder, including, without limitation, any additional consideration payable under Sections 1.6 and 1.7 of this Agreement.

 

-53-

 

 


 

 

(iii)      For purposes of clarity: (A) except as set forth in Section 7.6(g) below, Parent’s right to recovery for indemnifiable Damages under Section 1.6 and 1.8 and Article VII and VIII of this Agreement shall be limited to the remedies described in Section 7.6(b)(i) and 7.6(b)(ii) above; and (B) Parent shall have the right to satisfy any indemnifiable Damages in accordance with Sections 7.6(b)(i) and (b)(ii) above against the entire amount of the Escrow Amount and any and all amounts payable, but not yet paid, to the Constituents hereunder, not just portions thereof that would otherwise be paid or disbursed to the Indemnifying Stockholders, and the Constituents understand, acknowledge and agree (as evidenced by, in the case of the Company Stockholders, the approval of the Merger and, in the case of the holders of Options, the execution and delivery of the Option Termination Agreements by such holders of Options) to the foregoing. Notwithstanding the preceding, except as set forth in Section 7.6(g) below, in no event shall Parent have the right to recover any amount previously paid to the Constituents or to proceed directly against any individual Constituent in order to recover for any indemnifiable Damages under Section 1.6 and 1.8 and Article VII and VIII of this Agreement.

(iv)      Notwithstanding any other provision herein, to the extent that any indemnifiable Damages under Section 1.6, Section 1.8, Article VII or Article VIII are satisfied, they shall not otherwise be deducted from Post-Closing Net Income of the Surviving Corporation for purposes of determining the Earnout Payments.

(c)       In determining the amount of any indemnification obligations under this Article VII, the amount of any obligation for which indemnification may be claimed by any Indemnified Party shall be reduced by any insurance proceeds received by the Indemnified Party (or by any Affiliate of the Indemnified Party) with respect to the matter that is the subject of the indemnified claim or any tax benefit actually received as a reduction in tax due or receipt of a tax refund. Each Indemnified Party (on behalf of itself and its Affiliates) agrees to make good faith, commercially reasonably efforts to obtain all such insurance proceeds available to it; provided, however, that no claim for indemnification shall be conditioned upon the final resolution of such insurance claim – the proceeds of such claim to be paid back to the Indemnifying Party if collected after the payment by the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Party concerning such claim.

(d)       Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, no claim for indemnity under this Agreement may be made to the extent such claim relates to amounts that are accrued for as current liabilities on the Final Balance Sheet as determined by the parties pursuant to Section 1.6.

(e)       In no event shall Parent’s aggregate indemnity obligation for a breach of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.7 exceed $2,750,000.

(f)        The remedies set forth in this Article VII shall be the exclusive remedy of the Parties with respect to the matters set forth in this Article VII.

(g)       Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the limitations set forth in this Section 7.6, including, but not limited to Section 7.6(f), or elsewhere in this Agreement shall not apply to claims based on fraud or intentional misrepresentation on

 

-54-

 

 


 

 

the part of any Indemnifying Stockholder, with respect to which claims the Parent and its Affiliates reserve any and all rights and remedies to which they may be entitled at law or in equity; provided, however, that Parent’s right to recovery under this Section 7.6(g) shall be limited to (i) recovery from the Escrow Amount, (ii) a right to set off against any amounts payable to the Constituents hereunder, including, without limitation, any additional consideration payable under Sections 1.6 and 1.7 of this Agreement and (iii) recovery directly from the Indemnifying Stockholders up to an amount equal to the final Adjusted Aggregate Payment Amount received and to be received by the Indemnifying Stockholders hereunder, but, as to each individual Indemnifying Stockholder in no event shall such amount be more than such Indemnifying Stockholder’s Total Share of such damages. For purposes of the immediately preceding subsection (iii), any Parent Shares received by the Indemnifying Stockholders hereunder, whether or not then held by such Indemnifying Stockholder, shall be valued using the Share Valuation Method.

ARTICLE VIII

TAX MATTERS

8.1       Tax Indemnification. The Indemnifying Stockholders shall indemnify and hold harmless the Parent and the Surviving Corporation, and any successors thereto or Affiliates thereof, in respect of and against Damages resulting from, relating to, or constituting (x) a breach of any representation contained in Section 2.9 of this Agreement, (y) the failure to perform any covenant or agreement set forth in this Article VIII, and (z) without duplication, the following Taxes:

(a)       Any Taxes for any Taxable period ending on or before Closing Date due and payable by the Company and not reserved for on the Final Balance Sheet;

(b)       Any Taxes for any Taxable period ending on or before the Closing Date for which the Company has any liability as a transferee or successor, or pursuant to any contractual obligation or otherwise and not reserved for on the Final Balance Sheet; and

(c)       Any transfer, sales, use, stamp, conveyance, value added, recording, registration, documentary, filing and other non-income Taxes and administrative fees (including, without limitation, notary fees) arising in connection with the consummation of the series of transactions contemplated by this Agreement whether levied on the Parent, the Surviving Corporation, the Company or any of the Constituents.

 

8.2

Preparation and Filing of Tax Returns; Payment of Taxes.

(a)       The Parent shall prepare and timely file or shall cause to be prepared and timely filed all Tax Returns for the Company that are required to be filed (taking into account extensions) after the Closing Date. The Parent shall make or cause to be made all payments required with respect to any such Tax Returns.

(b)       Any Tax Return to be prepared and filed for Taxable periods beginning before the Closing Date and ending after the Closing Date shall be prepared on a basis consistent with the last previous similar Tax Return to the extent permitted under applicable law.

 

-55-

 

 


 

 

8.3       Audits, Assessments, Etc. Whenever any taxing authority sends a notice of an audit, initiates an examination of the Company, or otherwise asserts a claim, makes an assessment, or disputes the amount of Taxes for which the Constituents are or may be liable under this Agreement, the Parent shall promptly inform the Stockholder Representatives. The failure of the Parent to notify the Stockholder Representatives promptly shall not relieve the Constituents of any obligations under this Agreement except to the extent such failure materially prejudices the Constituents. The Parent shall have the exclusive right to control any resulting proceedings. The Stockholder Representatives shall have the right to participate at the Constituents’ own expense, in such proceeding, or portion thereof, only to the extent such proceeding, or portion thereof, or determination, or portion thereof, affects the amount of Taxes for which the Constituents are liable under this Agreement, and the Parent may settle any such proceeding or determination, or portion thereof, to the extent such proceeding or determination affects the amount of Taxes for which the Constituents are liable under this Agreement only with the prior written consent of the Stockholder Representatives, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

8.4       Termination of Tax Sharing Agreements. All Tax sharing, Tax indemnity or Tax distribution agreements or similar arrangements with respect to or involving the Company shall be terminated prior to the Closing Date and, after the Closing Date, the Parent, the Company, the Surviving Corporation and their Affiliates shall not be bound thereby or have any liability thereunder for amounts due in respect of periods ending on or before the Closing Date.

 

8.5

Indemnification Claims.

(a)       Scope of Article VIII. Any claim by any Party relating to a breach by another Party of its obligations under this Article VIII shall be pursued in accordance with the procedures for indemnification claims set forth in this Article VIII, and shall not, except for Section 7.6, otherwise be subject to the terms and conditions, set forth in Article VII. To the extent there is any inconsistency between the terms of Article VII and this Article VIII with respect to the allocation of responsibility between the Company, the Constituents and the Parent for Taxes relating to the business of the Company, the provisions of this Article VIII shall govern.

(b)       Claim Procedure. For purposes of clarification, (i) claims for a breach of an obligation under this Article VIII may be made by a Party at any time prior to the thirtieth (30th) day after the expiration of the statute of limitations applicable to the Tax matter to which the claim relates, (ii) in order to seek indemnification under this Article VIII, the Parent shall deliver a Claim Notice to the Stockholder Representatives, and if the Parent is seeking to enforce such claim pursuant to the Escrow Agreement, the Parent shall deliver a copy of the Claim Notice to the Escrow Agent in the form prescribed by the Escrow Agreement, (iii) upon delivery of any Claim Notice hereunder, the applicable representation or warranty shall survive until, but only to the extent of, and for purposes of the resolution of, the specific matter covered by such notice, (iv) the Parent and Stockholder Representatives shall promptly deliver to the Escrow Agent a written notice executed by both parties instructing the Escrow Agent to release such retained funds of the Escrow Amount pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement in accordance with resolution of the matter, and (v) within twenty (20) days after delivery of a Claim Notice, the Stockholder Representatives shall deliver to the Parent a Response in which

 

-56-

 

 


 

 

the Stockholder Representatives shall: (1) agree that the Parent is entitled to receive all of the Claimed Amount (in which case the Stockholder Representatives and the Parent shall deliver to the Escrow Agent, within three days following the delivery of the Response, a written notice executed by the Stockholder Representatives and the Parent instructing the Escrow Agent to release the Claimed Amount (or, if lesser, the amount remaining in the Escrow Amount) to the Parent); (2) agree that the Parent is entitled to receive the Agreed Amount (in which case the Stockholder Representatives and the Parent shall deliver to the Escrow Agent, within three (3) days following the delivery of the Response, a written notice executed by the Stockholder Representatives and the Parent instructing the Escrow Agent to release the Agreed Amount (or, if lesser, the amount remaining in the Escrow Amount) to the Parent), or (3) dispute that the Parent is entitled to receive any of the Claimed Amount.

8.6       Dispute Resolution. During the thirty (30) day period following the delivery of a Response that reflects a Dispute, the Parent and the Stockholder Representatives shall attempt in good faith to resolve the Dispute. If, at the end of the thirty (30) day period, the Parent and the Stockholder Representatives have not resolved such Dispute, the Parent and the Stockholder Representatives shall refer the Dispute for determination to the Accountants (selected in accordance with Section 1.6(d)(iii)) who shall act as experts, not as arbitrators, and the parties will be reasonably available and work diligently to facilitate the Accountants to render a determination within a twenty (20) day period immediately following the referral to them. A determination by the Accountants with respect to any item of Dispute submitted to them will be binding on the Parent and the Constituents. The fees and expenses of the Accountants shall be borne equally by the Constituents on the one hand and the Parent on the other hand.

8.7       Limitations. The Constituents shall have no right of contribution against the Company or the Surviving Corporation with respect to any breach by the Company of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements. Any payments made to the Parent pursuant to this Article VIII shall be treated as an adjustment to the Aggregate Transaction Consideration for Tax purposes.

ARTICLE IX

TERMINATION

9.1       Termination of Agreement. The Parties may terminate this Agreement prior to the Closing, as provided below:

 

(a)

the Parties may terminate this Agreement by mutual written consent;

(b)       the Parent may terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to the Company in the event the Company or any Constituent is in breach of any representation, warranty or covenant contained in this Agreement, and such breach (i) individually or in combination with any other such breach, would cause the conditions set forth in clauses (b) or (c) of Section 6.1 not to be satisfied and (ii) is not cured within twenty (20) days following delivery by the Parent to the Company of written notice of such breach;

(c)       the Company may terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to the Parent in the event the Parent or the Merger Sub is in breach of any representation, warranty

 

-57-

 

 


 

 

or covenant contained in this Agreement, and such breach (i) individually or in combination with any other such breach, would cause the conditions set forth in clauses (b) and (c) of Section 6.2 not to be satisfied and (ii) is not cured within twenty (20) days following delivery by the Company to the Parent of written notice of such breach;

(d)       the Parent may terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to the Company if the Closing shall not have occurred on or before November 15, 2008 by reason of the failure of any condition precedent under Section 6.1 (unless the failure results primarily from a breach by the Parent or the Merger Sub of any representation, warranty or covenant contained in this Agreement); or

(e)       the Company may terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to the Parent if the Closing shall not have occurred on or before November 15, 2008 by reason of the failure of any condition precedent under Section 6.2 (unless the failure results primarily from a breach by the Company or any Constituent of any representation, warranty or covenant contained in this Agreement).

9.2       Effect of Termination. If any Party terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.1, all obligations of the Parties hereunder shall terminate without any liability of any Party to any other Party; provided that each Party shall remain liable for any breach of this Agreement prior to its termination; and provided, further, that the provisions of Sections 5.8 and 5.10, and this Section 9.2 shall remain in full force and effect and survive any termination of this Agreement pursuant to the terms of this Article IX.

ARTICLE X

DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Agreement, each of the following terms shall have the meaning set forth below.

AAA” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.7(f)(iii) of this Agreement.

Acceleration Event” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the consummation of a transaction that results in the sale or other disposition of all or a majority of the equity interestsor assets of NextGen to a Person that is not an Affiliateof the Parent or (ii) NextGen is consolidated or merged with or into or acquired by another Person and NextGen is not the surviving entity in such transaction, or (iii) the events described in clauses (i) or (ii) occur with respect to Parent and either (A) the purchasing or surviving entity has a product of service offering that is competitive with that offered by the Surviving Corporation, or (B) the operations the Surviving Corporation are combined with a business division or subsidiary of the purchasing or surviving entity, as the case may be, so as to make the delineation of actual financial results for the Surviving Corporation impossible or unreasonably difficult to calculate.

Accountants” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.6(d)(iii) of this Agreement.

Accounting Policies” shall mean the cost accounting policies set forth in Exhibit E to this Agreement.

 

-58-

 

 


 

 

Acquired Person” shall mean any Person engaged in a business, line of business, or with a product substantially identical to the Business that is acquired by or otherwise combined with the Surviving Corporation or Parent or any other Affiliate of Parent which acquisition or combination occurs after the Closing, regardless of the form or such acquisition or combination (e.g., by stock purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise).

Adjusted Aggregate Payment Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Exhibit C to this Agreement.

Adjusted Company Shares Outstanding” shall have the meaning set forth in Exhibit C to this Agreement.

Adjusted Forecast” shall have the meaning set forth in Exhibit C to this Agreement.

Affiliate” shall mean any affiliate, as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Agreed Amount” shall mean part, but not all, of the Claimed Amount as mutually agreed to by (a) Indemnifying Party and Indemnified Party (for purposes of Article VII) or (b) by Parent and Stockholder Representatives (for purposes of Article VIII).

Aggregate Exercise Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Exhibit C to this Agreement.

Aggregate Transaction Consideration” shall mean the sum of (a) the Closing Amount, (b) any Closing Amount Adjustment payable to the Constituents in accordance with Section 1.6 hereof, (c) the First Earnout Period Payment, if any, (d) the Second Earnout Period Payment, if any, and (e) any amount released to the Constituents from the Escrow Amount, both previously paid and then currently payable as of the applicable Payment Date.

Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

AR Measuring Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.9(b)(ii) of this Agreement.

Bonus Pool” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.13 of this Agreement.

Business” shall mean the provision of revenue cycle management services as provided by the Company to physician groups and ambulatory care centers as of the Effective Time, consisting of outsourced billing management services, claims denial management, software sales, technology support services, account management services and data management and decision support information technology. As of the Effective Time, the Company conducts the following functions and activities in order to provide such services to healthcare providers: (i) comprehensive billing and fee collection; (ii) printing and mailing of claim forms and electronic submission of claims and printing and mailing of patient statements; (iii) posting of payments, management of adjustments and explanation of benefits reviews; (iv) designing and automating provider-specific sets of decision criteria to bill, correct and remedy, collect and monitor revenue cycle trends using rules-based analytics (including Denial Tracker, Resolution Manager and

 

-59-

 

 


 

 

Claim Arrange proprietary software applications); (v) re-selling third-party practice management software; (vi) training with regards to and support of, selected third-party software; (vii) client implementation and customer support; (viii) providing data analytics, application interfaces, and application hosting; and (ix) routine account manager client meetings and client performance reviews.

 

Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in the City of Baltimore, Maryland are required or authorized by law to be closed.

Cash” shall mean all cash and cash equivalents of the Company as of the Closing (including liquid debt instruments held as assets of the Company with maturities of three months or less), calculated in accordance with GAAP and the Accounting Policies.

CERCLA” shall mean the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended.

Claim Notice” shall mean written notification which contains (i) a description of the Damages incurred or reasonably expected to be incurred by the Indemnified Party and the Claimed Amount of such Damages, to the extent then known, (ii) a statement that the Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification under Article VII for such Damages and a reasonable explanation of the basis therefor, and (iii) a demand for payment in the amount of such Damages.

Claimed Amount” shall mean the amount of any Damages incurred or reasonably expected to be incurred by the Indemnified Party.

Closing” shall mean the closing of the series of transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Closing Accounts Receivable” shall mean each and all accounts receivable of the Company as of the Closing Date, net of any reserves.

Closing Amount” shall mean nineteen million dollars ($19,000,000) consisting of:

(i) $16,250,000 in cash; and

(ii) $2,750,000 in Parent Shares.

The Closing Amount shall be (a) reduced or increased by the Estimated Net Debt Adjustment, if any, (b) reduced or increased by the Estimated Working Capital Adjustment, if any; and (c) less the $8,000,000 in cash amount into the Escrow Amount at Closing. The Parent Shares shall be valued using the Share Valuation Method.

Closing Amount Adjustment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.6(c) of this Agreement.

 

-60-

 

 


 

 

Closing Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.2.

Closing Date Working Capital” shall mean, as of the Closing Date and giving effect to the consummation of the Merger, the excess of the Company’s total current assets (including accounts receivable and prepaid expenses but excluding Cash), minus total current liabilities (excluding the current portion of any Debt but including the Company Closing Expenses), determined in accordance with GAAP and the Accounting Policies, subject to such other adjustments as may be specifically set forth on Section 1.6(d)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule.

COBRA” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.21(f) of this Agreement.

Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

Company Certificate” shall mean a certificate to the effect that each of the conditions specified in of Section 6.1 of this Agreement is satisfied in all respects.

Company Closing Expenses” shall mean the expenses incurred by the Company in connection with the consummation of the series of transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, transaction-related expenses of counsel and accountants (but not including regular audit fees), printing, filing, investment banking and financial advisory fees and commissions.

Company Intellectual Property” shall mean the Intellectual Property owned by the Company and used in connection with the Business.

Company Material Adverse Effect” shall mean any material adverse change, event, circumstance or development with respect to, or material adverse effect on, (i) the business, assets, liabilities, capitalization, condition (financial or other), or results of operations of the Company or (ii) the ability of the Parent to operate the Business in the manner in which it is conducted at the time of Closing. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that the terms “material,” “materially” or “materiality” as used in this Agreement with an initial lower case “m” shall have their respective customary and ordinary meanings, without regard to the meaning ascribed to Company Material Adverse Effect.

Company Plan” shall mean any Employee Benefit Plan maintained, or contributed to, by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate.

Company Shares” shall mean the shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company.

Company Stock Plan” shall mean any stock option plan or other stock or equity-related plan of the Company.

Company Stockholders” shall mean the stockholders of record of the Company immediately prior to the Effective Time.

 

-61-

 

 


 

 

Constituents” shall mean each of:

(i)        the Company Stockholders holding Company Shares (excluding Dissenting Shares), including those holders of Options who exercise their Options immediately prior to Closing; and

(ii)       those holders whose Options are delivered to Parent for cancellation and who execute Option Termination Agreements in accordance with Section 1.3(b)(ii) hereof.

Customer Deliverables” shall mean the services that the Company or the Subsidiary (i) currently provides, or (ii) has provided within the previous five years.

Customer Termination” shall mean notice given by a customer to the Surviving Corporation that such customer is terminating its customer relationship with the Surviving Corporation.

Damages” shall mean any and all debts, obligations and other liabilities (whether absolute, accrued, contingent, fixed or otherwise, or whether known or unknown, or due or to become due or otherwise), diminution in value, monetary damages (but not incidental, consequential or punitive damages), fines, fees, penalties, interest obligations, deficiencies, losses and reasonable expenses (including amounts paid in settlement, interest, court costs, reasonable costs of investigators, reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys, accountants, financial advisors and other experts, and other expenses of litigation).

Debt” shall mean the sum of (a) all obligations of the Company for borrowed money, or with respect to deposits or advances of any kind to the Company, (b) all obligations of the Company evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stock or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of the Company upon which interest charges are customarily paid, (d) all obligations of the Company under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property purchased by the Company, (e) all obligations of the Company issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding obligations of the Company or creditors for raw materials, inventory, services and supplies incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business), (f) all capitalized lease obligations of the Company, (g) all obligations of others secured by any lien on property or assets owned or acquired by the Company, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed, (h) all obligations of the Company under interest rate or currency hedging transactions (valued at the termination value thereof), (i) all letters of credit issued for the account of the Company, and (j) all guarantees and arrangements having the economic effect of a guarantee by the Company of any indebtedness of any other person. For the purposes of clarification, Debt does not include accounts payable or other liabilities to the extent taken into account in calculating Closing Date Working Capital as contemplated under Section 1.6 of this Agreement.

Disclosure Schedule” shall mean the disclosure schedule provided by the Company to the Parent on the date hereof and accepted in writing by the Parent.

Dispute” shall mean the dispute resulting if the Indemnifying Party in a Response disputes its liability for all or part of the Claimed Amount.

 

-62-

 

 


 

 

Dissenting Share Consideration” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.8(a) of this Agreement.

Dissenting Shares” shall mean Company Shares held as of the Effective Time by a Company Stockholder who has not voted such Company Shares in favor of the adoption of this Agreement and with respect to which appraisal such Company Stockholder shall be entitled to demand and perfect in accordance with Section 3-202 of the MGCL following the Effective Time.

Earnout Certificate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.7(e) of this Agreement.

Earnout Payment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.7(b) of this Agreement.

Effective Time” shall mean the time at which the Surviving Corporation files the Maryland Articles of Merger with the Maryland State Department of Assessments and Taxation.

Employee Benefit Plan” shall mean any “employee pension benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA), any “employee welfare benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA), and any other written or oral plan, agreement or arrangement involving direct or indirect compensation, including insurance coverage, severance benefits, disability benefits, deferred compensation, bonuses, stock options, stock purchase, phantom stock, stock appreciation or other forms of incentive compensation or post-retirement compensation.

Environmental Law” shall mean any federal, state or local law, statute, rule, order, directive, judgment, Permit or regulation or the common law relating to the environment, occupational health and safety, or exposure of persons or property to Materials of Environmental Concern, including any statute, regulation, administrative decision or order pertaining to: (i) the presence of or the treatment, storage, disposal, generation, transportation, handling, distribution, manufacture, processing, use, import, export, labeling, recycling, registration, investigation or remediation of Materials of Environmental Concern or documentation related to the foregoing; (ii) air, water and noise pollution; (iii) groundwater and soil contamination; (iv) the release, threatened release, or accidental release into the environment, the workplace or other areas of Materials of Environmental Concern, including emissions, discharges, injections, spills, escapes or dumping of Materials of Environmental Concern; (v) transfer of interests in or control of real property which may be contaminated; (vi) community or worker right-to-know disclosures with respect to Materials of Environmental Concern; (vii) the protection of wild life, marine life and wetlands, and endangered and threatened species; (viii) storage tanks, vessels, containers, abandoned or discarded barrels and other closed receptacles; and (ix) health and safety of employees and other persons. As used above, the term “release” shall have the meaning set forth in CERCLA.

Environmental Permits” shall mean all permits, approvals, identification numbers, licenses and other authorizations required under or issued pursuant to any applicable Environmental Law.

ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

-63-

 

 


 

 

ERISA Affiliate” shall mean any entity which is, or at any applicable time was, a member of (1) a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Section 414(b) of the Code), (2) a group of trades or businesses under common control (as defined in Section 414(c) of the Code), or (3) an affiliated service group (as defined under Section 414(m) of the Code or the regulations under Section 414(o) of the Code), any of which includes or included the Company.

Escrow Account” shall mean the escrow account with Escrow Agent in which the Escrow Amount is deposited.

Escrow Agreement” shall mean an escrow agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit F.

Escrow Agent” shall mean the escrow agent under the Escrow Agreement, which shall initially be US Bank, Los Angeles, California.

Escrow Amount” shall mean (a) cash of $8,000,000 and (b) the First Earnout Period Payment, when and if paid.

Escrow Fund” shall mean the fund established pursuant to the Escrow Agreement, including the amount paid by the Parent to the Escrow Agent at the Closing pursuant to Section 1.9 of this Agreement.

Estimated Net Debt” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.6(a)(ii) of this Agreement.

Estimated Net Debt Adjustment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.6(a)(ii) of this Agreement.

Estimated Working Capital” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.6(b)(ii) of this Agreement.

Estimated Working Capital Adjustment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.6(b)(ii) of this Agreement.

Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Expected Claim Notice” shall mean a notice that, as a result of a Legal Proceeding instituted by or written claim made by a third party, an Indemnified Party reasonably expects to incur Damages for which it is entitled to indemnification under Article VII.

Final Balance Sheet” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.6(d)(i) of this Agreement.

Final Revised Cumulative Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Exhibit C to this Agreement.

Financial Statements” shall mean:

 

-64-

 

 


 

 

(a)       the balance sheet and statement of income, change in stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company as of the end of and for the last fiscal year, which shall be audited by Stout, Causey & Horning, P.A. as the Company’s independent auditing firm; and

(b)       the unaudited balance sheets and unaudited statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company for the seven (7) months ended as of July 31, 2008; and

(c)       the unaudited balance sheet of the Company as of the Most Recent Balance Sheet Date.

First Alternative Condition” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.9(b)(i) of this Agreement.

First Condition” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.9(b)(i) of this Agreement.

First Earnout Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.7(a)(i) of this Agreement.

First Earnout Period Payment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.7(a)(i) of this Agreement.

GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America applied on a consistent basis.

Governmental Entity” shall mean any government or any agency, bureau, board, commission, court, department, official, political subdivision, tribunal or other instrumentality of any government, whether federal, state or local, domestic or foreign.

Governmental Order” means any order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, stipulation, determination or award entered by or with any Governmental Entity.

Hazardous Materials” shall mean (a) petroleum and petroleum products, radioactive materials, asbestos-containing materials, mold, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, transformers or other equipment that contain polychlorinated biphenyls and radon gas, (b) any other chemicals, materials or substances defined as or included in the definition of “hazardous substances”, “hazardous wastes”, “hazardous materials”, “extremely hazardous wastes”, “restricted hazardous wastes”, “toxic substances”, “toxic pollutants”, “contaminants” or “pollutants”, or words of similar import, under any applicable Environmental Law, and (c) any other chemical, material or substance which is regulated by any Environmental Law.

Healthcare Laws” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.29 of this Agreement.

HIPAA” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.21(f) of this Agreement.

HIPAA Commitments” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.23(b) of this Agreement.

 

-65-

 

 


 

 

In-the-Money-Option” shall have the meaning set forth in Exhibit C to this Agreement.

Indemnified Party” shall mean a party entitled, or seeking to assert rights, to indemnification under Article VII.

Indemnifying Party” shall mean the party from whom indemnification is sought by the Indemnified Party.

Indemnifying Stockholders” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

Information Statement” shall mean that certain Information Statement dated on or about the date of this Agreement furnished by the Company to the Constituents in connection with the special meeting of such Constituents.

Initial Cumulative Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Exhibit C to this Agreement.

Intellectual Property” shall mean all:

(a)       patents, patent applications, patent disclosures and all related continuation, continuation-in-part, divisional, reissue, reexamination, utility model, certificate of invention and design patents, patent applications, registrations and applications for registrations;

(b)       trademarks, service marks, trade dress, Internet domain names, logos, trade names and corporate names and registrations and applications for registration thereof;

(c)       copyrightable works, copyrights and registrations and applications for registration thereof;

(d)       copyright, confidential information and trade secrets embodied in computer software and documentation;

(e)       inventions, trade secrets and confidential business information, whether patentable or nonpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice, know-how, manufacturing and product processes and techniques, research and development information, financial, marketing and business data, pricing and cost information, business and marketing plans and customer and supplier lists and information;

(f)        other proprietary rights relating to any of the foregoing (including remedies against infringements thereof and rights of protection of interest therein under the laws of all jurisdictions); and

 

(g)

copies and tangible embodiments thereof.

Internal Systems” shall mean the internal computer systems of the Company that are used in its and in connection with business or operations, including computer hardware systems, software applications and embedded systems.

 

-66-

 

 


 

 

Key Employees” shall mean Don Good and Perry Snyder.

Knowledge” of the Company shall mean the knowledge of the Key Employees and officers of the Company, or information which any such individual should have known based on his primary or supervisory responsibility for the matter at issue with the Company after due inquiry. “Knowledge” of the Parent or the Merger Sub shall mean the knowledge of Steve Plochocki, Paul Holt, Patrick Cline and Timothy Eggena, or information which any such individual should have known based on his primary or supervisory responsibility for the matter at issue with the Parent or the Merger Sub after due inquiry.

Law” means any federal, national, supranational, state, provincial, local or similar statute, law, ordinance, regulation, rule, code, order, requirement or rule of law (including common law).

Lease” shall mean any lease or sublease pursuant to which the Company leases or subleases from another party any real property.

Leased Real Property” means the real property leased by the Company as tenant, together with, to the extent leased by the Company, all buildings and other structures, facilities or improvements currently located thereon, all fixtures, systems, equipment and items of personal property of the Company attached or appurtenant thereto and all easements, licenses, rights and appurtenances relating to the foregoing.

Legal Proceeding” shall mean any action, suit, proceeding, claim, arbitration or investigation before any Governmental Entity or before any arbitrator or mediator.

Maryland Articles of Merger” shall mean the articles of merger or other appropriate documents prepared and executed in accordance with Section 3-110 of the MGCL in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Parties.

Material Contract” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(a) of this Agreement.

Materials of Environmental Concern” shall mean any: pollutants, contaminants or hazardous substances (as such terms are defined under CERCLA), pesticides (as such term is defined under the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act), solid wastes and hazardous wastes (as such terms are defined under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act), chemicals, other hazardous, radioactive or toxic materials, oil, petroleum and petroleum products (and fractions thereof), or any other material (or article containing such material) listed or subject to regulation under any law, statute, rule, regulation, order, Permit, or directive due to its potential, directly or indirectly, to harm the environment or the health of humans or other living beings.

Maximum Allowable Closing Debt” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.6(a)(ii) of this Agreement.

Merger” shall mean the merger of the Company with and into the Merger Sub in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

-67-

 

 


 

 

Merger Sub” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

MGCL” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1 of this Agreement.

Most Recent Balance Sheet” shall mean the unaudited balance sheet of the Company as of the Most Recent Balance Sheet Date.

Most Recent Balance Sheet Date” shall mean July 31, 2008.

Net Debt” shall mean Debt minus any Cash as of the Closing, subject to such other adjustments as may be specifically set forth on Section 1.6(d)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule.

NextGen” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

Non-Executing Stockholders” shall mean those Constituents who are not also Indemnifying Stockholders.

Option” shall mean each option to purchase or acquire Company Shares.

Option Termination Agreements” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.3(b)(ii) of this Agreement.

Ordinary Course of Business” shall mean the ordinary course of business consistent with recent past custom and practice (within the past 24 months) (including with respect to frequency and amount).

Parent” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

Parent Shares” shall mean shares of common stock of Quality Systems, Inc.

Parent Certificate” shall mean a certificate to the effect that each of the conditions specified in Section 6.2 of this Agreement is satisfied in all respects.

Parent Material Adverse Effect” shall mean any material adverse change, event, circumstance or development with respect to, or material adverse effect on, the business, assets, liabilities, capitalization, condition (financial or other), or results of operations of the Parent. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that the terms “material,” “materially” or “materiality” as used in this Agreement with an initial lower case “m” shall have their respective customary and ordinary meanings, without regard to the meaning ascribed to Parent Material Adverse Effect.

Parties” or “Party” shall mean individually and collectively (as the case may be) the Parent, NextGen, the Merger Sub, the Company and the Indemnifying Stockholders.

Payment Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.5(a) of this Agreement.

Payment Information” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.9(e) of this Agreement.

 

-68-

 

 


 

 

Payment Information Certificate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.9(e) of this Agreement.

Per Hour Rate” shall mean a director’s or employee’s (as applicable) annual total compensation (including salary and bonus) divided by 2,000 hours.

Permits” shall mean all permits, licenses, registrations, certificates, orders, approvals, franchises, variances and similar rights issued by or obtained from any Governmental Entity (including those issued or required under Environmental Laws and those relating to the occupancy or use of owned or leased real property).

Person” shall mean any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, general or limited partnership, proprietorship, other business, non-profit or charitable organization, trust, union, association (whether or not incorporated in any jurisdiction), or any court, arbitration tribunal, administrative agency or commission or other governmental or regulatory authority or agency.

Post-Closing Net Income” shall mean the after-tax net income of the Surviving Corporation (assuming an income tax rate of 40%) after the Closing, but excluding any expenses which are also indemnifable Damages under Sections 1.6, Section 1.8, Article VII or Article VIII; provided, however, that with respect to clients and customers that are “Qualified Referrals” only 50% of the revenues and expenses (including revenues and expenses associated with NextGen EMR and/or PM licenses bundled into billing contracts) associated with such clients shall be included in the calculation of “Post-Closing Net Income.” For purposes hereof, Qualified Referrals shall mean clients and customers of Surviving Corporation referred to Surviving Corporation by NextGen who have expressed an interest in, and are financially capable of contracting for, revenue cycle management services. For purposes of clarity, any payments of the Bonus Pool shall be an expense to the Surviving Corporation for purposes of calculating “Post-Closing Net Income.”

Pro Rata Share” of any particular Indemnifying Stockholder shall mean the total number of shares of Company Shares owned by such Indemnifying Stockholder (calculated to include the Company Shares that would be owned by such Indemnifying Stockholder as a result of the exercise of any Option) divided by the total number of Company Shares owned by all of the Constituents (calculated to include the Company Shares that would be owned by such Constituents as a result of the exercise of any Option).

Reasonable Best Efforts” shall mean best efforts, to the extent commercially reasonable.

Release” means disposing, discharging, injecting, spilling, leaking, leaching, dumping, emitting, escaping, emptying, seeping, placing, appearing and the like into or upon any land, building, surface, subsurface or water or air or otherwise entering into the Environment.

Releasees” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.12(a) of this Agreement.

Requisite Stockholder Approval” shall mean the adoption of this Agreement and the approval of the Merger by a two-thirds vote of all the holders of Company Shares entitled to vote on this Agreement and the Merger as set forth in Section 3-105(e) of the MGCL.

 

-69-

 

 


 

 

Response” shall mean a written response containing the information provided for in Section 7.3(e) or Section 8.5(b)(v), as applicable.

Revised Cumulative Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Exhibit C to this Agreement.

Rule” shall mean any constitution or statute or law or any judgment, decree, injunction, order, ruling, ordinance or final regulation or rule of any Governmental Entity, including, without limitation, those relating to disclosure, usury, equal credit opportunity, equal employment, environment, employee safety and health, fair credit reporting and anti-competitive activities.

Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Security Interest” shall mean any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, charge or other lien (whether arising by contract or by operation of law), other than (i) mechanic’s, materialmen’s, and similar liens, (ii) liens arising under worker’s compensation, unemployment insurance, social security, retirement, and similar legislation, (iii) liens for taxes not yet due and payable, and (iv) liens on goods in transit incurred pursuant to documentary letters of credit, in each case arising in the Ordinary Course of Business of the Company and not material to the Company.

Second Alternative Condition” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.9(b)(i) of this Agreement.

Second Earnout Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.7(a)(ii) of this Agreement.

Second Earnout Period Payment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.7(a)(ii) of this Agreement.

Second Earnout Threshold” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.7(a)(ii) of this Agreement.

SFAS” shall mean Statement of Financial Accounting Standards.

Share Valuation Method” shall mean the valuation of the Parent Shares based upon the average closing price of Parent’s common stock as reported by the Nasdaq Global Select Market over the 45 trading days ending on the trading day immediately prior to the Closing Date.

Significant Person” shall mean a Person listed in Section 2.24 of the Disclosure Schedule.

Software” shall mean any of the software (including the documentation thereto) owned by the Company and any software included with any of the Company’s products and/or services or the Internal Systems.

 

-70-

 

 


 

 

Stockholder Representatives” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.14(a) of this Agreement.

Stockholder Transmittal Letter” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.3(b)(i) this Agreement.

Surviving Corporation” shall mean the Company following the Closing, as the surviving corporation in the Merger.

Target Net Debt” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.6(a)(i) of this Agreement.

Target Region” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.7(g)(ii) of this Agreement.

Target Working Capital” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.6(b)(i) of this Agreement.

Taxes” (including with correlative meaning “Tax” and “Taxable”) shall mean (a) any and all taxes, and any and all other charges, fees, levies, duties, deficiencies, customs or other similar assessments or liabilities in the nature of a tax, including without limitation any income, gross receipts, ad valorem, net worth, premium, value-added, alternative or add-on minimum, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, windfall profits, real property, personal property, assets, sales, use, capital stock, capital gains, documentary, recapture, transfer, transfer gains, estimated, withholding, employment, unemployment insurance, unemployment compensation, social security, business license, business organization, environmental, workers compensation, payroll, profits, license, lease, service, service use, gains, franchise and other taxes imposed by any federal, state, local, or foreign Governmental Entity, (b) any interest, fines, penalties, assessments, or additions resulting from, attributable to, or incurred in connection with any items described in this paragraph or any contest or dispute thereof, and (c) any items described in this paragraph that are attributable to another person but that the Company is liable to pay by law, by contract, or otherwise.

Tax Returns” shall mean any and all reports, returns, declarations, statements, forms, or other information required to be supplied to a Governmental Entity or to any individual or entity in connection with Taxes and any associated schedules, attachments, work papers or other information provided in connection with such items, including any amendments, thereof.

Third Party Action” shall mean any suit or proceeding by a person or entity other than a Party for which indemnification may be sought by a Party under Article VII.

Total Share” of any particular Indemnifying Stockholder shall mean the total number of shares of Company Shares owned by such Indemnifying Stockholder (calculated to include the Company Shares that would be owned by such Indemnifying Stockholder as a result of the exercise of any Option) divided by the total number of Company Shares owned by all of the Indemnifying Stockholders (calculated to include the Company Shares that would be owned by such Indemnifying Stockholders as a result of the exercise of any Option).

Trading Partners” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.29(c) of this Agreement.

 

-71-

 

 


 

 

Warrant” shall mean each warrant or other contractual right to purchase or acquire Company Shares, provided that Options shall not be considered Warrants.

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

11.1     Press Releases; Announcements; Confidentiality. The Parties have agreed to the form of press release to be issued promptly after the Closing. The Company agrees that it shall not issue any other press release or public announcement or make any statement to third parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement (including disclosure of any terms of this Agreement) without the prior written approval of the Parent.

11.2     No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement shall not confer any rights or remedies upon any person other than the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

11.3     Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including the documents referred to herein), constitutes the entire agreement among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes any prior or contemporaneous understandings, agreements or representations by or among the Parties, written or oral, express or implied, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

11.4     Succession and Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties named herein, the Constituents, and their respective successors and permitted assigns. No Party may assign either this Agreement or any of its rights, interests or obligations hereunder without the prior written approval of the other Parties. QSI may assign to affiliated parties as they exist now or in the future.

11.5     Counterparts and Facsimile Signature. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original copy of this Agreement and all of which together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Agreement and of signature pages by facsimile transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Agreement as to the Parties and may be used in lieu of the original Agreement and signature pages thereof for all purposes.

11.6     Headings. The section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

11.7     Notices. All notices, requests, demands, claims, and other communications hereunder shall be in writing. Any notice, request, demand, claim or other communication hereunder shall be deemed duly delivered four business days after it is sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or one business day after it is sent for next business day delivery via a reputable nationwide overnight courier service, in each case to the intended recipient as set forth below:

 

 

-72-

 

 


 

 

 

If to the Company and the Indemnifying Stockholders:


Perry Snyder

2405 Velvet Ridge Dr.
Owings Mills, MD 21117
Telecopy: (443) 933-4292
Telephone: (717) 993-3882

 

And

 

Don Good

16 Heritage Farm Dr

New Freedom, PA 17349

Telecopy: (443) 933-4304
Telephone: (410) 363-4899

 

Copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Whiteford, Taylor & Preston L.L.P.

Seven Saint Paul Street

Suite 1500

Baltimore, MD 21202

Attn: William M. Davidow, Esq.

Telecopy: (410) 223-4367

Telephone: (410) 347-8767

If to the Merger Sub or the Parent:

Quality Systems, Inc.

18111 Von Karman Avenue,
Suite 600

Irvine, California 92612

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

Telecopy: (949) 255-2610

Telephone: (949) 255-2600

Copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Rutan & Tucker, LLP

611 Anton Boulevard, 14th Floor

Costa Mesa, California 92626

Attn: Thomas J. Crane

Telecopy (714) 546-9035

Telephone: (714) 641-5100

 

 

Any Party may give any notice, request, demand, claim or other communication hereunder using any other means (including personal delivery, expedited courier, messenger service, telecopy or ordinary mail) other than electronic mail, but no such notice, request, demand, claim or other communication shall be deemed to have been duly given unless and until it actually is received by the party for whom it is intended. Any Party may change the address to which notices, requests, demands, claims, and other communications hereunder are to be delivered by giving the other Parties notice in the manner herein set forth.

 

11.8

Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction and Venue.

(a)       This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the MGCL, and as to all other matters (including the validity and applicability of the arbitration provisions of this Agreement, the enforcement of any arbitral award made hereunder and any other questions of arbitration law or procedure arising hereunder) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Maryland without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Maryland or any other

 

-73-

 

 


 

 

jurisdiction) that would cause the application of laws of any jurisdictions other than those of the State of Maryland.

(b)       Subject to Section 1.7(f) hereof, which the Parties intend to be the sole and exclusive remedy with respect to disputes concerning Earnout Payments, all actions and proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement will be heard and determined in a Maryland court or a federal court sitting in Baltimore, Maryland, and the Parties hereby irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such action or proceeding and irrevocably waive the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any such action or proceeding. The Parties hereby consent to service of process by mail (in accordance with Section 11.7) or any other manner permitted by law.

11.9     Amendments and Waivers. The Parties may mutually amend any provision of this Agreement at any time prior to the Closing. No amendment of any provision of this Agreement shall be valid unless the same shall be in writing and signed by all of the Parties. No waiver of any right or remedy hereunder shall be valid unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Party giving such waiver. No waiver by any Party with respect to any default, misrepresentation or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder shall be deemed to extend to any prior or subsequent default, misrepresentation or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder or affect in any way any rights arising by virtue of any prior or subsequent such occurrence.

11.10   Severability. Any term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity or enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction. If the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction declares that any term or provision hereof is invalid or unenforceable, the Parties agree that the court making the determination of invalidity or unenforceability shall have the power to limit the term or provision, to delete specific words or phrases, or to replace any invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a term or provision that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid or unenforceable term or provision, and this Agreement shall be enforceable as so modified.

 

11.11

Construction.

(a)       The language used throughout this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the Parties to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any Party.

(b)       All terms and words used in this Agreement, regardless of whether singular or plural, or the gender in which they are used, shall be deemed to include any other number and any other gender as the context may require.

(c)       Any reference to any federal, state, local or foreign statute or law shall be deemed also to refer to all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise.

(d)       Any reference herein to “including” shall be interpreted as “including without limitation”.

 

-74-

 

 


 

 

(e)       Any reference to any Article, Section or paragraph shall be deemed to refer to an Article, Section or paragraph of this Agreement, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

11.12   Attorneys’ Fees. In the event of any litigation or arbitration proceeding arising out of any disputes under this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover their costs and expenses including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees. In the event the dispute is regarding an amount or number, the term “prevailing party” as used in the immediately preceding sentence shall be deemed to mean the party whose claimed number or amount at the outset of such litigation or arbitration is nearest in value to the number of amount as finally determined by the court in the event of litigation (after the exhaustion, expiration or termination of all parties’ right to appeal) or by the arbitrator in the event of arbitration.

[Signature page follows]

 

-75-

 

 


 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

 

 

By:/s/ Steven Plochocki

 

Name:Steven Plochocki

 

Title:CEO

 

NEXTGEN HEALTHCARE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC.

 

 

By: /s/ Patrick Cline

 

Name:Patrick Cline

 

Title:President

 

RUTH MERGER SUB, INC.

 

 

By: /s/ Patrick Cline

 

Name:Patrick Cline

 

Title:President

 

 

PRACTICE MANAGEMENT PARTNERS, INC.

 

 

By:/s/ Donald S. Good

 

Name:Donald S. Good

 

Title:President

 

INDEMNIFYING STOCKHOLDERS:

 

 

/s/ Perry Snyder

PERRY SNYDER

 

 

/s/ Donald Good

DONALD GOOD

 

 

-76-

 

 

 

EX-31.1 3 d75223_ex31-1.htm CERTIFICATION OF CEO

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Steven Plochocki, certify that:

 

 

 

1.

I have reviewed this Form 10-Q of Quality Systems, Inc.;

 

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

 

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

 

 

(a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

 

 

 

(b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

 

 

 

(c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

 

 

 

(d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

 

 

(a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

 

 

 

(b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: November 4, 2008

 

 

/s/   STEVEN PLOCHOCKI

 


 

Steven Plochocki

 

Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer)

 

43


EX-31.2 4 d75223_ex31-2.htm CERTIFICATION OF CFO

EXHIBIT 31.2

I, Paul Holt, certify that:

 

 

 

1.

I have reviewed this Form 10-Q of Quality Systems, Inc.;

 

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

 

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

 

 

(a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

 

 

 

(b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

 

 

 

(c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

 

 

 

(d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

 

 

(a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

 

 

 

(b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: November 4, 2008

 

 

/s/   PAUL HOLT

 


 

Paul Holt

 

Chief Financial Officer (principal accounting officer)

 

44


EX-32.1 5 d75223_ex32-1.htm CERTIFICATION OF CEO AND CFO

EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

          In connection with the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Quality Systems, Inc. (the “Company”) for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2008 (the “Report”), the undersigned hereby certify in their capacities as Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, respectively, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

 

1.

the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

 

2.

the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.


 

 

 

 

Dated: November 4, 2008

By:

/s/ STEVEN PLOCHOCKI

 

 

 


 

 

Steven Plochocki

 

 

Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer)

 

 

 

 

 

Dated: November 4, 2008

By:

/s/ PAUL HOLT

 

 

 


 

 

Paul Holt

 

 

Chief Financial Officer (principal accounting officer)

 

          A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signatures that appear in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

45


-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----